WO2015113286A1 - Method and device for clock synchronization - Google Patents

Method and device for clock synchronization Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015113286A1
WO2015113286A1 PCT/CN2014/071816 CN2014071816W WO2015113286A1 WO 2015113286 A1 WO2015113286 A1 WO 2015113286A1 CN 2014071816 W CN2014071816 W CN 2014071816W WO 2015113286 A1 WO2015113286 A1 WO 2015113286A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
clock
clock synchronization
sequence
synchronization status
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/071816
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
范霄安
万蕾
郑娟
马莎
夏媛
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2014/071816 priority Critical patent/WO2015113286A1/en
Priority to CN201480000517.9A priority patent/CN105009656A/en
Publication of WO2015113286A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015113286A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a clock synchronization method and apparatus. Background technique
  • clock peers In the communication system, in order to ensure normal data transmission between the macro base station and each micro base station and between each micro base station, clock peers need to be implemented between each micro base station and between the micro base station and the macro base station.
  • Clock peers include time peers and / or frequency peers.
  • the frequency is the same between the micro base stations and the micro base station and the macro base station, it means that the frequency error of each micro base station or macro base station is within a set threshold range; when each micro base station and the micro base station and the macro base station
  • the time synchronization is the deviation between the transmission timings of the micro base stations, or the deviation between the reception timings of the respective micro base stations and the reception timings of the same user equipment, or the transmission timing of each micro base station and the macro base station.
  • the clock peer is realized by network listening, that is, a part of the micro base station obtains the clock peer through the clock homonym signal provided by the external source, and provides the same as the other source.
  • the clock homologous signal enables other micro base stations to also implement clock coherence, that is, inter-station peers.
  • the external source can be: Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as Global Positioning System (GPS), wired network clock, macro base station with overlapping base area with micro base station, etc. .
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-hop peer system.
  • the peer level of each micro base station is predetermined, and the scenario of multi-hop peer is particularly common under densely deployed micro base stations.
  • the macro base station acquires the timing information by using the Global Positioning System (GPS), that is, sets the peer level to 0;
  • the micro base station 1 obtains the timing information through the macro base station, that is, The peer class is set to 1;
  • the micro base station 2 obtains the timing peer information through the micro base station 1, that is, the peer class is set to 2;
  • FIG. 1 shows a 3-hop peer system.
  • the micro base station M in FIG. 1 is an isolated base station. When the micro base station M-1 obtains peer information through the isolated micro base station M, it is easy to guide. To the same level is not accurate.
  • a peer base station is required to determine the same source base station by receiving the strength of the signal transmitted by other base stations and/or the peer class of other base stations. For example, the peer base station may determine the signal transmitting base station that corresponds to the strongest received signal as the same source base station.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a clock synchronization method and apparatus to ensure the accuracy of clock peers.
  • a clock peer device including: a receiving module, configured to receive a clock peer state of at least one first base station;
  • a determining module configured to determine a peer base station according to a clock peer state of the first base station; and a peer module, configured to perform a peer according to clock information of the same source base station;
  • the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type.
  • the clock peer type of the first base station includes a clock peer source of the first base station, a carrier of the first base station slave, At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link backhaul; or receive the a clock peer state of the first base station, where the clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to: Receiving a cell identifier of at least one first base station;
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or auxiliary sequence
  • the transmission time position of the sequence having a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or There is a preset frequency interval between the SSS transmission frequency positions.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock synchronization device, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station includes a clock peer of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type, the clock of the first base station
  • the peer type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station slave, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
  • a sending module configured to send a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and according to the first base station
  • the clock information is peered.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send, by using air interface signaling, a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or: set a clock of the first base station The peer state is reported to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or
  • the clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the second base station Transmitting, by the second base station, the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronizing sequence SSS, so that the second base station determines, according to the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS The cell identity of the first base station.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
  • the sending time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS sending time position And / or a transmission frequency position of the sequence having a preset frequency interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a receiver configured to receive a clock peer state of the at least one first base station
  • a processor configured to determine a peer-to-peer base station according to a clock peer state of the first base station; the processor is further configured to perform a peer according to the clock information of the same source base station;
  • the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type.
  • the clock peer type of the first base station includes a clock peer source of the first base station, a carrier of the first base station slave, At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or receive, by using a centralized controller, the first a clock peer state of a base station, wherein a clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or
  • the ⁇ state is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • a primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or a secondary synchronization sequence SSS sent by the first base station and at least one sequence, and a preset between a transmission time position of the sequence and a time position of the PSS or the SSS transmission
  • the time interval, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence has a preset frequency interval from the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock peer base station, including:
  • a processor configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station includes a clock peer of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type, the clock of the first base station
  • the peer type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station slave, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
  • a transmitter configured to send a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and according to the first base station
  • the clock information is peered.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by using air interface signaling, a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: send a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or: set a clock of the first base station The peer state is reported to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or
  • the clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the 88 and/or secondary sequence SSS determines the cell identity of the first base station.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
  • the sending time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS sending time position And / or the transmission frequency position of the sequence has a preset frequency interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: Carrying its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; transmitting the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station is pre-prescribed according to the physical broadcast channel PBCH And setting a bit and a fourth preset rule to determine a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock synchronization method, including:
  • the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station
  • the second base station performs the same according to the clock information of the same source base station
  • the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type.
  • the clock peer type of the first base station includes a clock peer source of the first base station, a carrier of the first base station slave, At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, a clock peer state of the at least one first base station includes:
  • the second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
  • the second base station receives at least one The clock peer state of a base station, including:
  • the second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station by using the centralized controller, and the clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or The second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station by using the macro base station, and the clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the at least one first base station includes:
  • the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and a first preset rule.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, the cell identifier of the at least one first base station includes:
  • the second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or auxiliary sequence
  • the second base station according to the primary peer sequence?
  • the 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station by using air interface signaling The second base station receives the sequence of transmission of the first base station, and determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
  • the reading, by the second base station, the sequence of the sending of the first base station includes:
  • the second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or a secondary sequence SSS, and at least one sequence, the transmission time position of the sequence having a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and / or the transmission of the sequence There is a preset frequency interval between the frequency location and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency location.
  • the determining, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule including:
  • the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling including: The second base station reads a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
  • the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to a preset bit in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
  • the second base station by using air interface signaling, to receive a clock source peer state of the first base station, includes: The second base station reads the peer class sent by the first base station in the physical layer channel; the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer class and the fifth preset rule.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling in the tenth possible implementation manner, The second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station that is sent by the UE by using the uplink transmission channel, and the information of the clock peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel. .
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock synchronization method, including:
  • the first base station determines its own clock peer state, and the clock peer state of the first base station includes whether the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock type, and the clock of the first base station is the same.
  • the type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
  • the base station Transmitting, by the first base station, a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station
  • the base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and performs the same according to the clock information of the first base station.
  • the sending, by the first base station, the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station includes:
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, including:
  • the first base station reports the clock state of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or
  • the first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer of the first base station to a second base station Status, including:
  • the first base station sends the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines, according to the cell identifier of the first base station, and the first preset rule, that the first base station Clock peer status.
  • the sending, by the first base station, the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station includes:
  • the first base station sends the primary synchronization sequence to the second base station? 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS, such that the second base station determines the cell identity of the first base station according to the primary peer sequence PSS and/or the secondary sequence SSS.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The first base station determines at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule. The first base station sends the sequence by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
  • the sending time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS sending time position And / or a transmission frequency position of the sequence having a preset frequency interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position;
  • the first base station sends the primary synchronization sequence to the second base station? 88 and / or a secondary sequence SSS, and at least one of said sequences.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by using air interface signaling, Includes:
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The base station carries its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  • the first base station sends the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the first base station according to preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH and a fourth preset rule. Clock peer status.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: Determining, by the first base station, a peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule;
  • the first base station transmits, by the first base station, a peer level of the first base station to the second base station on a physical layer channel, so that the second base station determines, according to the peer level and the fifth preset rule, The clock of the first base station is in the same state.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The first base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the UE through the physical layer channel, so that the UE sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using the uplink transport channel.
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the clock synchronization method and device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after the first base station determines its own clock peer state, sends the clock peer state to the second base station, and the second base station according to the clock of the first base station
  • the state is determined to be the same as the source base station, and then based on the same source base station, that is, the second base station can confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, only when determining the clock of the first base station.
  • the first base station is determined to be the same source base station after being reliable and/or the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, so that the second base station can be avoided due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station. Inaccurate problems ensure that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, which can improve the accuracy of the clock synchronization of the entire system.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural view of a multi-hop homonym system
  • Embodiment 1 of a clock homophone device is a schematic structural view of Embodiment 1 of a clock homophone device according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 2 of a clock homophone device is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a clock homophone device according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is an interaction flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a clock synchronization method according to the present invention
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram showing the time-frequency distribution of PSS and SSS in an FDD system. detailed description
  • the base station includes a macro base station and a micro base station.
  • the first base station indicates that the base station provides the peer information
  • the second base station indicates that the base station needs to be the same (requires updating the peer information).
  • Base station. The second base station performs the same source resource base station search process, which may be performed when the second base station is just turned on, or may be executed when the second base station runs after searching for a period of time and then searches for the same source again.
  • Embodiment 1 of a clock peer device is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a clock peer device according to the present invention.
  • the device in this embodiment may be configured on a base station, and the base station may serve as a second base station, that is, a base station that needs to update peer information.
  • the apparatus 200 of this embodiment may include: a receiving module 11, a determining module 12, and a peer module 13, wherein
  • the receiving module 11 may be configured to receive a clock peer state of the at least one first base station; the determining module 12 may be configured to determine the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station;
  • the peer module 13 may be configured to perform the same according to the clock information of the same source base station, where the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type, and the first base station
  • the clock synchronization type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station.
  • the clock peers included in the clock peer state may be, for example: a clock peer from a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as a GPS, a Beidou satellite navigation system, or a wired network (such as the IEEE1588 clock) ⁇ protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol), or the clock provided by the macro base station with the overlapping area of the micro base station ⁇ , or the same clock provided by the micro base station.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • GPS GPS
  • Beidou satellite navigation system such as a Beidou satellite navigation system
  • a wired network such as the IEEE1588 clock
  • Ethernet clock peer protocol such as Ethernet clock peer protocol
  • the base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
  • the identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be :
  • the clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
  • the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area.
  • the clustering may be defined by a carrier, a cluster.
  • the header in the base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be:
  • the base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source.
  • Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source
  • GNSS such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source
  • the information indicates that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations.
  • the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock peer of the base station B belongs to Indirect access to peer information through the outside world, SP, can also be considered reliable.
  • Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as any of the isolated base stations or a cluster of base stations deployed in isolation.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock source of the GNSS, the wired network, and the base station of at least one of the peer base stations is considered to be reliable; otherwise, it is considered unreliable, such as an isolated base station or Any one of a cluster of base stations deployed in isolation.
  • Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be defined according to other rules. For example, it can also be defined as: As long as any of the above-mentioned "clock peers are not reliable" definition base stations are considered to be unreliable; or as long as the above is satisfied Any base station whose definition of "clock is reliable” is considered to be reliable. This embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • clock peer whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be defined by a standard protocol specification, or can be implemented by a network side configuration, for example, by an OAM configuration, a macro base station configuration, or a behavior implemented by a base station side.
  • the first base station and/or the second base station are made known to each other.
  • the first base station may comprise a macro base station and a pico base station
  • the second base station is preferably a micro base station, but may also comprise a macro base station.
  • the first base station and the second base station may belong to the same operator or may belong to different operators.
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to:
  • the backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
  • the clock peer state of the first base station indicates that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and/or indicates that the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority
  • the clock of this embodiment is the same.
  • the device may use the first base station as a candidate peer base station or directly determine the first base station as a peer source base station.
  • the receiving module 11 may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations, and there may be multiple first base stations having the same clock state, for example, there are multiple first clocks with reliable clocks, these clocks are reliable.
  • the first base station can be used as a candidate peer base station, and the determining module 12 can select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule, for example, according to the peer class.
  • the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority
  • the priority of the clock peer type can be expressed as follows:
  • the clock source is GNSS priority is greater than the clock source is the priority of the wired network or wireless peer, the clock
  • the first base station whose source is the GNSS or the wired network has a higher priority than the first base station whose clock source is the wireless peer, and the first base station whose clock source is the wireless peer, refers to the first base station receiving the same signal transmitted by other base stations.
  • the priority of the macro base station is greater than the priority of the micro base station
  • the priority of the first base station belonging to the same operator as the second base station is greater than the first base station not belonging to the same carrier by the second base station (in some scenarios)
  • the first base station that belongs to the same carrier as the second base station may have a lower priority than the first base station that does not belong to the same carrier as the second base station.
  • the first base station is the same source base station and has the least impact on other already connected base stations, then such first base station can be considered to have a high priority clock peer type, and the first base station can be used as the first base station
  • the impact is the smallest, which may mean that the number of base stations that need to re-adjust the clock peer is the least for the base stations that have already been the same; or the priority of the clock peer type of the first base station as the header is greater than
  • the clock of the first base station of the non-header is of the same type as the priority of the first base station, and the first base station of the non-header can be marked with the clock of the first base station, or the first base station is a header or a non-header. To mark.
  • the second base station may also be selected according to other rules, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • priority corresponding to different types of clocks can be defined by standard protocol specifications or by network side configuration, for example, by OAM configuration, by macro base station configuration, or by base station side.
  • the behavior is not limited herein, so that the first base station and/or the second base station can be known.
  • the determining module determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and then the peer module is based on the same
  • the source base station performs the same, that is, it can confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and only has the high priority in determining whether the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock type of the first base station is high.
  • the first base station is determined to be the same as the source base station, so that the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station is avoided, and the second base station is ensured according to the correct clock information. Peer, can improve the clock peer of the entire system Precision.
  • the receiving module 11 can be configured in the following six manners.
  • the cell identity (cell identity) is used to indicate the clock peer state.
  • the receiving module 11 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock peer state of the first base station may be indicated by a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
  • the receiving module 11 can be specifically configured to:
  • the 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
  • the second optional implementation may include two situations:
  • both the PSS and the SSS are used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station, which may correspond to the scheme for determining the clock peer state according to the cell identity in the first alternative implementation manner, that is, After receiving the PSS and the SSS of the first base station, the receiving module 11 may determine the cell identifier of the first base station according to the PSS and/or the SSS, and then determine the clock of the first base station according to the first preset rule. ⁇ state; of course, the clock peer state can be directly indicated by the PSS and the SSS, that is, after receiving the PSS and the SSS of the first base station, the receiving module 11 directly determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the sixth preset rule. .
  • only one of the PSS and the SSS is used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station, that is, the receiving module 11 receives the PSS and the SSS of the first base station, but determines the first base station only according to the PSS or the SSS.
  • the clock is in the same state.
  • one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
  • the receiving module 11 can be specifically used to:
  • the receiving module 11 can receive the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS sent by the first base station, and at least one sequence.
  • the second base station may detect at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine a sequence of the received sequence to determine the sequence.
  • the clock state of a base station may be detected at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine a sequence of the received sequence to determine the sequence.
  • the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, introducing a first sequence having multiple formats, when the first sequence is transmitted at the first frequency position, indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and when the first sequence is sent at the second frequency position, indicating The clock of a base station is unreliable; or, for example, when the first sequence is transmitted at different time positions or frequency positions, indicating different clock synchronizing types of the first base station.
  • the first sequence may be an NLRS sequence.
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer state may be indicated by a preset bit of the PBCH, for example, the clock peer may be reliable or unreliable by using 1-bit information, or may be bitmapped by X-bit information (bitmap)
  • the form of the clock indicates the type of the clock peer, or the type of the clock is indicated in binary form by the y-bit information, where X, y are integers.
  • the receiving module 11 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock peer state can be indicated by a predefined peer level.
  • the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different.
  • the peer level can be identified by different cells, Different sequence formats, preset bits in the PBCH are represented.
  • the receiving module 1 1 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock state information of the first base station can be obtained by means of UE assistance.
  • the receiving module 1 1 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock peer state of the first base station sent by the UE is received by the uplink transmission channel, and the clock peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel.
  • a signal that can receive the first base station and the second base station at the same time may be selected.
  • the UE serves as the secondary UE, and the first base station may notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using the physical layer channel, and the secondary UE may notify the second base station of the clock state information of the first base station by using the uplink transmission channel, where
  • the time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transport channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the receiving module 1 1 can detect whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource to determine the clock peer state of the first base station, for example, whether the clock peer is reliable, or can be used at a fixed time resource and Different sequences are detected on the frequency resources to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by UE blind detection.
  • the physical layer channel may include at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, and a physical downlink control channel.
  • PDCCH enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a clock peer device according to the present invention.
  • the device in this embodiment may be configured on a base station, and the base station may serve as a first base station, that is, a base station that needs to update peer information.
  • the apparatus 300 of this embodiment may include: a determining module 21 and a sending module 22, where
  • a determining module 21 configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station includes whether a clock peer of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type, the first base
  • the clock peer type of the station includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
  • the sending module 22 is configured to send a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and according to the first The clock information of the base station is the same.
  • the clock peers include the same clock source as: Clock peers from Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock)
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
  • the identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be :
  • the clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
  • the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area.
  • the clustering may be defined by the operator when deployed.
  • the header in the cluster base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be:
  • the base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source.
  • Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source
  • GNSS such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source
  • the information indicates that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations.
  • the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock peer of the base station B belongs to Indirect access to peer information through the outside world, SP, can also be considered reliable.
  • the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be:
  • the clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
  • the first base station may comprise a macro base station and a pico base station
  • the second base station is preferably a micro base station, but may also comprise a macro base station.
  • the first base station and the second base station may belong to the same operator or may belong to different operators.
  • the sending module 22 may be specifically configured to:
  • the sending module 22 is specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
  • the second base station may A base station acts as a candidate peer base station or directly determines the first base station as a peer source base station.
  • the clock peer device of the embodiment determines the clock state of the clock by the determining module, and sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using the sending module, so that the second base station to be peered can Confirming the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and determining the first base station only after determining that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority.
  • the same as the source base station thereby avoiding the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station, and ensuring that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, thereby improving the clock of the entire system.
  • the accuracy of ⁇ the transmitting module 22 in the above embodiment may be configured in the following six manners.
  • the clock peer status is indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock peer state of the first base station may be indicated by a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
  • the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
  • the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • the sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
  • the transmission time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position
  • the transmission module 22 is specifically configured to: send the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS to the second base station, and At least one of said sequences.
  • the second base station may detect at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine a sequence of the received sequence to determine the sequence.
  • the clock state of a base station may be detected at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine a sequence of the received sequence to determine the sequence.
  • the pattern of the sequence indicates the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • introducing a first sequence having multiple formats when the first sequence is transmitted at the first frequency position, indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and when the first sequence is sent at the second frequency position, indicating The clock of a base station is unreliable; or, for example, when the first sequence is transmitted at different time positions or frequency positions, indicating different clock synchronizing types of the first base station.
  • the first sequence may be an NLRS sequence.
  • the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the clock peer state may be indicated by a preset bit of the PBCH, for example, the 1-bit information may indicate that the clock peer is reliable or unreliable, and the bit map is used for the X-bit information.
  • the form indicates the clock peer type, or the clock peer type is indicated in binary form by the y-bit information, where X, y are integers.
  • the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock peer status can be indicated by a predefined peer level.
  • the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different.
  • the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
  • the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • the clock state information of the first base station may be obtained by using a UE-assisted manner.
  • the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
  • a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can The clock state information of the first base station is used to notify the second base station by using the uplink transmission channel.
  • the time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the receiving module 11 can detect whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource to determine the clock peer state of the first base station, for example, whether the clock peer is reliable, or can pass the fixed time resource and frequency. Different sequences are detected on the resource to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by UE blind detection.
  • the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, and a physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • each of the base stations can serve as the second base station to be the same as the first base station to provide the peer information to the other base stations. Therefore, the clock for updating the peer information in each of the foregoing device embodiments.
  • the peer device and the clock peer device for providing the peer information can be simultaneously set on one base station.
  • the base station 400 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 401 and a transmitter 402, and further shows a processor 403, a memory 404, and a bus 405, the receiver 401, the transmitter 402, and the processor. 403.
  • the memory 404 is connected through the bus 405 and completes communication with each other.
  • the bus 405 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an extended industrial standard. Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus, etc.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • ESA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the 405 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 4, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 404 is for storing executable program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 404 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 403 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the receiver 401 is configured to receive a clock peer state of the at least one first base station, where the processor 403 is configured to determine, according to the clock peer state of the first base station, the same source base station; And performing the same according to the clock information of the same source base station; wherein, the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type, and the clock peer type of the first base station includes the first At least one of a clock source of the base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station.
  • the clock peers included in the clock peer state may be, for example, a clock peer from a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as a GPS, a Beidou satellite navigation system, or a wired network (such as the IEEE1588 clock). ⁇ protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol), or the clock provided by the macro base station with the overlapping area of the micro base station, or the clock provided by the micro base station.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • a GPS GPS
  • Beidou satellite navigation system such as a Beidou satellite navigation system
  • wired network such as the IEEE1588 clock
  • Ethernet clock peer protocol such as Ethernet clock peer protocol
  • the base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
  • the identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be :
  • the clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
  • the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and a cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed within a certain geographical area, and the clusters may be divided by the operator department.
  • a header in a cluster of base stations may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires a clock with the same source through the out-of-cluster clock
  • the non-header is a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be:
  • the base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source.
  • Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source
  • GNSS such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source
  • the information indicates that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations.
  • the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock peer of the base station B belongs to Indirect access to peer information through the outside world, SP, can also be considered reliable.
  • Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be:
  • the clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
  • the receiver 401 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver 401 is specifically configured to:
  • the backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
  • the clock peer device of the embodiment may use the first The base station acts as a candidate peer base station or directly determines the first base station as the same source base station. Since the receiver 401 may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations, and there may be multiple first base stations with the same clock, the first base station with the same clock can be used as the candidate peer base station, and the processing is performed.
  • the 403 may select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule.
  • the receiver 401 may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations, and there may be multiple first base stations having the same clock state, for example, there are multiple first clocks with reliable clocks, these clocks are reliable.
  • the first base station can be used as a candidate peer base station.
  • the processor 403 can select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule. For example, the first base station can be selected according to the peer level, and the first peer with the lowest rank is selected.
  • the base station serves as the same source base station; or, according to the priority of the clock peer type, it can provide high homology precision, small homology error, and facilitate the same clock of the first base station between different operators.
  • the type has a high priority
  • the priority of the clock peer type can be expressed as follows:
  • the clock source is GNSS with a priority greater than the clock source being the priority of the wired network or the wireless peer, and the clock source is the GNSS or the first base station of the wired network.
  • the first base station whose priority is greater than the wireless source with the clock source is the same as the first base station of the wireless peer, and the first base station is the first base station.
  • the first base station (in some scenarios, the first base station that belongs to the same carrier as the second base station may have a lower priority than the first base station that does not belong to the same carrier as the second base station); or, if the first base station is determined After the same as the other base station, the first base station can be regarded as a high-priority clock peer type, and the first base station can be regarded as the same source base station.
  • the minimum impact may be that the number of base stations that need to re-adjust the clock peer is the smallest for the base stations that have already been the same; or the clock peer type of the first base station as the header has a higher priority than the first base station that is the non-header.
  • the clock peer type priority, the first base station as the header and / or as a non-header can use the clock of the first base station Source to indicate, or directly with the first base station is a header or non-header.
  • the second base station may also be selected according to other rules, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the priority corresponding to different types of clocks can be defined by standard protocol specifications or by network side configuration, for example, by OAM configuration, by macro base station configuration, or by base station side.
  • the behavior of the first base station is not limited here. And / or the second base station can know each other.
  • the processor After receiving the clock peer state of the first base station by the receiver, the processor determines, according to the clock peer state of the first base station, the same source base station, and then performs the same based on the same source base station, that is, It is possible to confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and determine the first base station only after determining that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the type of the clock peer has a high priority.
  • the same as the source base station thereby avoiding the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station, and ensuring that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, thereby improving the clock of the entire system.
  • the accuracy of ⁇ is the accuracy of the clock peer state of the first base station, the same source base station, and then performs the same based on the same source base station, that is, It is possible to confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and determine the first base station only after determining
  • the receiver 401 can be configured in the following six manners.
  • the clock peer status is indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence may be used.
  • the SSS indicates the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • the 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS determines the cell identity of the first base station.
  • one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
  • the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • the receiver 401 may be specifically configured to:
  • the second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or a secondary sequence SSS, and at least one sequence, the transmission time position of the sequence having a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and / or the transmission of the sequence There is a preset frequency interval between the frequency location and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency location.
  • the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer state may be indicated by the preset bit of the PBCH.
  • the lbit information may indicate that the clock peer is reliable or unreliable, or may use a bit map of the X bit information.
  • the form indicates the clock peer type, or the clock peer type is indicated in binary form by the y bit information, where X, y are integers.
  • the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer status can be indicated by a predefined peer level.
  • the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different.
  • the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
  • the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • the clock state of the first base station can be learned by means of UE assistance.
  • the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
  • a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can Using the uplink transport channel, the clock state of the first base station The information is notified to the second base station, wherein the time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the receiver 401 can detect whether the energy of the first base station is in the same state, such as whether the clock peer is reliable, or the fixed time resource and frequency, on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource. Different sequences are detected on the resource to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by blind detection by the UE.
  • the physical layer channel may include at least one of the following: a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and an enhanced physics.
  • a physical broadcast channel PBCH a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and an enhanced physics.
  • Downlink control channel EPDCCH physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment may serve as a first base station, that is, a base station that provides peer information.
  • the base station 500 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 501 and a transmitter 502, and further shows a processor 503, a memory 504, and a bus 505, the receiver 501, the transmitter 502, and the processor. 503.
  • the memory 504 is connected through the bus 505 and completes communication with each other.
  • the bus 505 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • ESA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 505 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 5, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 504 is for storing executable program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 504 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 503 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the processor 503 may be configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where the clock peer state of the first base station includes whether the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type.
  • the clock peer type of a base station includes the clock peer source of the first base station, and the first base station slave At least one of the carrier, the base station type of the first base station, and the identity of the first base station; the transmitter 502, configured to send the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station Determining the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and performing the same according to the clock information of the first base station.
  • the clock peers include the same clock source as: Clock peers from Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock)
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
  • the identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be :
  • the clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
  • the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area.
  • the clustering may be defined by a carrier, a cluster.
  • the header in the base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be:
  • the base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source.
  • Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtains clock information through external sources It means that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations.
  • the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source
  • the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock of the base station B belongs to the indirect.
  • the SP can also be considered reliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: It will take into account the relative clocks of other base stations. The clock of the base station of the ⁇ relationship is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be:
  • the clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
  • the transmitter 502 is specifically configured to:
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
  • the transmitter 502 is specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
  • the base station in this embodiment may use the first base station as a candidate.
  • the base station in this embodiment sends its own clock peer state to the second base station after determining its own clock peer state, so that the second base station can determine the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the peer base station performs the same, that is, enables the second base station to confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, thereby avoiding the second clock due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station.
  • the problem of inaccurate peers of the base station ensures that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, which can improve the accuracy of the clock synchronization of the entire system.
  • the transmitter 502 can be configured in the following six manners.
  • the clock peer status is indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer state of the first base station may be indicated by a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • the second base station Transmitting, by the second base station, the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronizing sequence SSS, so that the second base station determines, according to the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS The cell identity of the first base station.
  • one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • the sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
  • the transmission time position of the sequence may be set to have a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the sequence transmission frequency position is related to the PSS or the There is a preset frequency interval between SSS transmission frequency positions;
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the clock peer state may be indicated by a preset bit of the PBCH.
  • the 1-bit information may indicate that the clock peer is reliable or unreliable
  • the X-bit information indicates the clock in the form of a bitmap. ⁇ type, or when the y-bit information is indicated in binary form
  • the type of the same type, x and y are integers.
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • the clock peer status can be indicated by a predefined peer level.
  • the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different.
  • the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • the clock state of the first base station can be learned by means of UE assistance.
  • the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
  • a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can The clock state information of the first base station is used to notify the second base station by using the uplink transmission channel.
  • the time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the second base station can detect whether the energy of the first base station is reliable by detecting whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource, and can also detect different sequences on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource. , to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the first base station notifies the secondary UE clock
  • the specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the status information may also be defined in advance or passed.
  • the physical layer channel may include at least one of the following: a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and an enhanced type.
  • Physical downlink control channel EPDCCH physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • FIG. 6 is an interaction flowchart of Embodiment 1 of the clock synchronization method of the present invention.
  • the first base station is a base station that provides clock peer information
  • the second base station is a base station to be peered.
  • the clock synchronization method of this embodiment can be as follows.
  • Step 601 The first base station determines its own clock peer state.
  • the clock peer relationship includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type.
  • the clock peer type of the first base station may include a clock peer source of the first base station, and a carrier of the first base station slave. At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
  • the clock peers include the same clock source as: Clock peers from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (eg IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol) ), or the clock provided by the macro base station having the overlapping area of the micro base station, or the clock provided by the micro base station is the same as the base station type of the first base station: macro base station, micro base station, and micro base station
  • the radio base station may include a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, and a femto cell.
  • the identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be :
  • the clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
  • the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area.
  • the clustering may be defined by a carrier, a cluster.
  • the header in the base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
  • the base station that obtains the clock information through the external source and the source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock information is directly obtained through the external source, which means that the base station can directly from the GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or
  • the wired network (for example, the IEEE1588 clock peer protocol and the Ethernet clock peer protocol) acquires clock information;
  • the indirect acquisition of the clock information by the external source means that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations, for example, the base station A.
  • the clock peer is obtained directly from the external source, and the base station B obtains the clock peer through the base station A. Then, the clock of the base station B is indirectly obtained through the external source, and the SP can also be considered as reliable. .
  • Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
  • the definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be:
  • the clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
  • the first base station may comprise a macro base station and a pico base station
  • the second base station is preferably a micro base station, but may also comprise a macro base station.
  • the first base station and the second base station may belong to the same operator or may belong to different operators.
  • Step 602 The first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the manner in which the second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station may be a network listening mode of the second base station, or may be a backhaul manner, or It can be assisted by User Equipment (User Equipment, UE for short).
  • User Equipment User Equipment
  • the step 602 may be: the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by using air interface signaling.
  • This method can be applied to scenarios in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to different operators, and also applicable to scenarios in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to the same carrier.
  • the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link backhaul; or The first base station reports the clock state of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or The first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the first base station and the second base station transmit through a macro base station.
  • the first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to a macro base station having a radio interface or a wired interface with the first base station, and may be, for example, a macro base station having a coverage overlap area with the first base station. So that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the first base station and the second base station transmit through two macro base stations.
  • the first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to a first macro base station that has a radio interface or a wired interface with the first base station, and may be, for example, a coverage overlap area with the first base station.
  • a macro base station such that the first macro base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second macro base station, so that the second macro base station compares the clock of the first base station The status is sent to the second base station.
  • data transmission between the first macro base station and the second macro base station can also be forwarded by the centralized controller.
  • the sending a clock peer state of the first base station by using the backhaul link may be applicable to a scenario in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to the same carrier.
  • the backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
  • Step 603 The second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station. Specifically, when the clock peer state of the first base station indicates that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and/or indicates that the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, the second base station may The first base station serves as a candidate peer base station or directly determines the first base station as a peer source base station.
  • the second base station may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations in step 602, and there may be multiple first base stations with the same clock, the first base station with the same clock can be used as a candidate.
  • the second base station may select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule, for example, may select according to the peer level, and select the first base station with the lowest peer level as the same source base station; or It can be selected according to the priority of the clock peer type, and can provide high homology precision, small homology error, and facilitate the first base station of the peer between different operators.
  • the clock peer type has a high priority, and the clock peer type priority can be expressed as:
  • the clock source is
  • the priority of the GNSS is greater than the priority of the wired network or the wireless peer, the clock source is GNSS or the first base station of the wired network has a higher priority than the first base station whose clock source is the wireless peer, and the clock source is the wireless peer.
  • the first base station means that the first base station realizes the peer by receiving the homology signal sent by the other base station; the priority of the macro base station is greater than the priority of the micro base station, and the priority of the first base station belonging to the same carrier of the second base station a first base station that is not in the same carrier as the second base station. (In some scenarios, the first base station that belongs to the same carrier as the second base station may have a lower priority than the second base station does not belong to the same carrier.
  • the first base station can be used as the same source base station, the impact is minimal, and Refers to the base station that has already been peered, the number of base stations that need to re-adjust the clock peer is the least; or, the priority of the first base station as the header
  • the priority of the first base station that is greater than the non-header, the first base station as the header and/or the non-header may be marked with the clock of the first base station, or directly indicated by the first base station as a header or a non-header. .
  • the selection may be made according to other rules, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the priority corresponding to the different types of clocks can be implemented by the network side, or can be implemented by the base station side, which is not limited, so that the first base station and/or the second base station can know each other. .
  • Step 604 The second base station performs the same according to the clock information of the same source base station.
  • the first base station determines its own clock peer state, it sends the clock peer state to the second base station, and the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and then
  • the peer base station is configured to perform the same, that is, the second base station can confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and only determine that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock of the first base station.
  • the first base station is determined to be the same source base station, so that the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station can be avoided, and the second base station is guaranteed.
  • the accuracy of the clock synchronization of the entire system can be improved.
  • the first base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, and the following six implementation manners may be adopted.
  • the cell identity (cell ID) is used. To indicate the clock peer status.
  • the foregoing step 602 can include:
  • the first base station sends the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station; the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and the first preset rule. . That is, the cell ID of the first base station carries information that the clock peer is reliable.
  • the cell identifier cell ID may be represented by a physical cell identifier (PCI), or an Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier). It can also be expressed in other ways, as long as it can be ensured that the first base station can be uniquely determined in the same operator and/or different operator scenarios by the cell identity of the first base station. .
  • the set of all cell IDs is N, and the part cell ID is taken from the set N to form the set M.
  • M is the true subset of N.
  • the cell ID included in the M is used to indicate that the clock of the first base station is unreliable, and the cell ID that does not belong to the set M is used to indicate that the clock of the first base station is equally reliable; or the cell ID included in the M is used to indicate the The clock of a base station is reliable, and the cell ID that does not belong to the set M is used to indicate that the clock of the first base station is unreliable.
  • the cell ID for indicating that the clock is reliable and/or unreliable can be known to the second base station in a predefined manner, or the first base station and the second base station can be known, for example, by factory setting; or by a centralized controller
  • the operation management and maintenance (OAM) configuration is implemented; or it can be configured by a centralized controller such as a Mobility Management Entity (MME); or it can be implemented by other centralized controllers.
  • the configuration may be implemented by a coordinator or an E-coordinator (Enhanced Coordinator); or may be implemented by a macro base station having a wireless or wired interface with the first base station and the second base station, where the macro base stations may be the same or different.
  • the "wireless interface” herein means that the macro base station can notify the second base station, or the first base station and the second base station, the “wired” by using the air interface signaling manner to indicate whether the clock is reliable or unreliable.
  • the interface can be an S1 interface or an X2 interface.
  • the cell ID ensemble that the system can support can be utilized (for example, for the LTE system, if the cell ID is PCI) Representing, then the cell ID corpus includes 504 different cPCIs, deriving a set of cell IDs indicating that the clock peers are unreliable; for the same reason, if the first base The station or the second base station learns the set of cell IDs for indicating that the clock peers are unreliable in the above predefined manner, and can utilize the cell ID ensemble that the system can support (for example, for the LTE system, if the cell ID is represented by PCI, then the cell The ID ensemble consists of 504 different PCIs, and the set of cell IDs used to indicate that the clocks are reliable at the same time is derived.
  • the method for determining the cell ID of the first base station may be as follows:
  • the first base station may determine the cell ID according to its own clock peer state and the learned cell ID set indicating that the clock is in a reliable and unreliable state;
  • the first base station can be configured and implemented according to the clock peer state of the first base station by using the centralized controller and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station, for the second possible manner.
  • the macro base station that needs the centralized controller and the first base station has a wireless or wired interface first knows the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the first base station may report the clock state of the first base station to the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station, so that the clock state of the first base station is known.
  • the second base station may determine whether the cell ID of the first base station belongs to a cell ID indicating that the clock is reliable. If yes, the clock state of the first base station may be determined as Reliable; if not, it can be determined that the clock peer state of the first base station is unreliable.
  • the second base station receives the cell identifier of the at least one first base station, and may be in the form of air interface signaling or a backhaul manner, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the clock identifier type may also be indicated by the cell identifier cell ID.
  • the clock peer type may include at least one of a clock peer source, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station.
  • the cell ID may be specified to be the same as various clocks. Corresponding relationship between the source, or the correspondence between the cell lD and the subordinate operator of the base station, or the correspondence between the cell ID and the type of the base station, or the correspondence between the cell ID and whether the first base station is a header or a non-header relationship.
  • one method is: a part of the cell ID may be reserved to represent the clock source as the GNSS, a part of the cell ID represents the clock peer source as the wired network, and a part of the cell ID represents the clock peer source as the macro base station, such that The second base station may determine the source of the clock of the first base station according to the cell ID of the first base station, so as to determine whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; one method is: assign different cell IDs to different operators.
  • a base station belonging to the first carrier The cell ID in the first range is used, so that the second base station can determine, according to the cell ID of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station belongs, so as to determine whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station;
  • the base station of the operator adopts the cell ID in the second range; the other method is to allocate different cell IDs by using different types of base stations, so that the second base station can determine the type of the first base station according to the cell ID of the first base station, thereby Determining whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station;
  • Another method is: assigning different cell IDs to the first base stations having different identities, for example, using a cell ID in the first range for a base station or a cluster of base stations in a cluster of base stations that directly implement the same clock source through the external source.
  • the cell ID in the second range is used, where a cluster of base stations can be densely deployed in a certain geographical area.
  • the base station, the clustering may be defined by the operator when deployed, where the header may be a base station in the cluster of base stations that acquires the same clock with the source through the cluster clock, and the non-header is a cluster of base stations that acquires the clock through the header.
  • Peer base station assigning different cell IDs to the first base stations having different identities, for example, using a cell ID in the first range for a base station or a cluster of base stations in a cluster of base stations that directly implement the same clock source through the external source.
  • the cell identifier may be composed of a primary synchronization sequence (L1), and a secondary synchronization sequence (SSS).
  • L1 primary synchronization sequence
  • SSS secondary synchronization sequence
  • the S-504 physical cell identifiers may be divided into 168 physical cell identifier groups, and each physical cell identifier group includes three identification numbers.
  • the reservation of the cell ID (for example, PCI) can also be implemented by reserving the cell ID group (for example, a physical cell identity group) or by reserving the number IDs in each grou, and equivalently, by reservation for indication
  • the SGS of PCI grou or the PSS used to indicate the number IDs in each grou is implemented.
  • the process of the first base station transmitting the cell identifier of the first base station may be as follows:
  • Step 1 The first base station determines a cell identifier of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a first preset rule.
  • Step 2 The first base station determines a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS according to the cell identifier.
  • the first base station may first determine its cell identifier according to the foregoing method, and then determine a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence sss according to the cell identifier.
  • Step 3 The first base station sends the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS to the second base station.
  • Step 4 The second base station determines a cell identifier of the first base station according to the primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
  • the second base station may determine the cell ID of the first base station by reading the PSS and/or SSS sent by the first base station during the search process of the same source base station, and then pass between the predefined cell ID and the clock peer state.
  • determining a clock peer state of the first base station if the second base station determines that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the type of the clock peer has a high priority, the second base station may use the first base station as A candidate peer base station, or directly using the first base station as a peer base station.
  • a manner of using a backhaul link may be adopted in addition to the air interface.
  • the cell identity can be an ECGI marked by a higher layer.
  • Step 1 The first base station determines the cell according to its own clock peer state and the first preset rule.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends the cell ID to the second base station by using a backhaul link.
  • Step 3 The second base station determines, according to the cell ID, a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the cell ID is sent to the second base station by using a backhaul link.
  • the cell ID may be sent to the second base station by using a centralized controller, or may be sent to the second base station by using a macro base station.
  • the second base station sends the cell ID.
  • first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to negotiate through negotiation or paper protocol or other methods. Or determine the reserved cell ID information, so that the base stations of different operators have the same understanding of the correspondence between the cell ID and the clock peer state.
  • the clock peer state of the first base station may be directly indicated by using the reserved PSS and/or the SSS.
  • the clock peer type is also indicated by the PSS and the SSS (constituting the cell identifier cell ID), but in the second alternative implementation, directly through the PSS and ⁇ or SSS indicates the state of the clock peer, where the cell identity is not involved.
  • the method for the second base station to determine the clock peer state of the first base station may be as follows (specified by using only the PSS indication clock peer type as an example):
  • Step 1 The first base station determines a primary peer sequence PSS of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a sixth preset rule.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends a primary peer sequence PSS of the first base station to a second base station. It should be noted that, in the actual transmission process, the first base station usually sends the PSS and the SSS together.
  • Step 3 The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to a primary peer sequence PSS of the first base station.
  • the above method uses only one of the PSS and the SSS, or the method of directly indicating the clock peer type by using the PSS and the SSS, and the same manner can also be adopted by the air interface or the backhaul link.
  • the second base station may determine, according to the type of the clock peer, whether the first base station can be used as the clock source base station, and the clock peer type is indicated by the PSS and the SSS, and the specific implementation method and the first optional implementation manner are introduced.
  • the method of indicating the clock type by the cell ID is similar, and will not be described here.
  • one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
  • step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment may include:
  • Step 1 The first base station determines at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends the sequence by means of air interface signaling
  • Step 3 The second base station determines the first according to the sequence and the second preset rule The clock state of the base station.
  • the second base station may indicate a clock peer state by using the sequence at a determined time position and a determined frequency location, for example, indicating whether the clock peer is reliable, and on the other hand, the second base station may also determine A different sequence of time positions and determined frequency positions are present to indicate the clock peer state.
  • the foregoing step 2 may include: sending, by the first base station, the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS, and at least one sequence to the second base station.
  • the sequence of the transmission may include a transmission time position, a transmission frequency position, and a sequence format.
  • the transmission format may be directly learned by the first base station and the second base station in a predefined manner.
  • the predefined specific implementation manner may include any one of the following. Or a combination thereof: a factory setting of the first base station and the second base station, a centralized controller such as an OAM configuration, an MME configuration, a coordinator or a ⁇ -coOTdinatOT configuration, or an Acer with a wireless or wired interface with the first base station and the second base station Station configuration.
  • the transmission frequency position of the sequence may be indicated by a determined frequency interval between the PSS or SSS transmission frequency positions, or may be determined by a transmission bandwidth having a determined frequency interval and sequence between the PSS or SSS transmission frequency positions. These parameters can also be made known to the first base station and the second base station in a predefined manner.
  • the form of the sequence may be obtained by at least one of the following methods, generated by a pseudo-random sequence, or generated by a Zadoff-Chu sequence, or generated by a machine-generated sequence.
  • the sequence form of the sequence may be different from the application in the existing LTE system.
  • the 4th PSS sequence outside the 3 PSS sequences.
  • the transmission frequency position may be indicated by any one of the following methods: using an occupied subcarrier index; and using an occupied resource block (RB, Resource Block) index.
  • the determined frequency interval may be expressed as a specific subcarrier index or a specific RB index relative to the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position, the number of offset subcarriers or the number of RBs, and the transmission bandwidth of the sequence may be an integer number of subcarriers. It is represented by a carrier or an integer number of RBs.
  • the transmission time position of the sequence may be indicated by a determined time interval from the PSS or SSS transmission time position; it may also be indicated by a specific period and a subframe offset within the period.
  • the transmission time position of the sequence may be indicated by any one of the following methods: using an OFDM index number; using a subframe index number and an OFDM index number; using a radio frame
  • the index number, the subframe index number, and the OFDM index number are represented by: the slot index number and the OFDM index number; and are represented by the radio frame index number, the slot index number, and the OFDM index number.
  • the determined time interval may be represented by N OFDM symbols.
  • the OFDM index number determined by the time interval is not within the range of the OFDM index number (0 to 13) within one subframe or no longer
  • the OFDM index number in the slot indicates that the OFDM symbol determined by the time interval is not in the current subframe or in the current slot.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram showing the time-frequency distribution of PSS and SSS in the FDD system, as shown in Figure 7,
  • the primary synchronization channel (P-SCH) of the PSS and the secondary synchronization channel (S-SCH) carrying the SSS are distributed in the frequency domain over the middle 6 RBs of the entire system bandwidth. Up, every 5ms is sent in time.
  • the P-SCH and the S-SCH are transmitted in the 0th subframe and the 5th subframe, and the 5th OFDM symbol and the 6th OFDM symbol respectively located in the subframe.
  • one RB is a time-frequency resource block composed of 12 subcarriers and 7 OFDM symbols.
  • the PSS transmission frequency position has a position of a determined frequency interval, for example, sent by PSS
  • the highest frequency point in the transmission frequency position is the reference (indicated by A), and the frequency interval is represented by an integer number of subcarriers (indicated by B), then the highest frequency point of the transmission frequency position of the sequence can be determined as A+B or the lowest frequency point. Determined as A+B, specifically indicating the highest frequency point or the lowest frequency point, can be achieved in a predefined way.
  • the transmission frequency position of the sequence can be determined.
  • the PSS transmission is taken as an example, and the transmission time position and the transmission frequency position of the sequence are determined according to the PSS description based on the SSS transmission time position and the transmission frequency position.
  • the PSS and the SSS are sent twice in each radio frame.
  • the sequence is determined by a certain time interval and frequency interval between the pass and the PSS or the SSS.
  • the method of transmitting the time position and the frequency time position can be entered in a specified sequence only once in each radio frame.
  • the second base station may detect at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine the received sequence. Why is the sequence to determine the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, introducing a first sequence having multiple formats, when the first sequence is transmitted at the first frequency position, indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and when the first sequence is sent at the second frequency position, indicating The clock of a base station is unreliable; or, for example, when the first sequence is transmitted at different time positions or frequency positions, indicating different clock synchronizing types of the first base station.
  • the step 602 of the method embodiment may include:
  • Step 1 The first base station determines a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends the sequence to the second base station according to the format.
  • Step 3 The second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence, a clock peer state of the first base station. .
  • the first base station may be configured according to its own clock peer state and the learned sequence format, where the sequence format includes at least one of a transmission time position, a transmission frequency position, and a sequence form, and determines whether a specified transmission time position and a transmission frequency are required.
  • the position is transmitted in sequence, or it is determined that the clock transmission mode is indicated by a different transmission pattern form of the sequence.
  • the first base station may send the sequence according to a preset transmission pattern, and conversely, if the first base station If the clock is unreliable, the first base station may not transmit the sequence according to the preset transmission pattern.
  • the preset transmission pattern can also be used to indicate that the clock peer is unreliable. In this case, if the clock of the first base station is reliable, the first base station may not send the sequence according to the preset transmission pattern.
  • the second base station can learn the correspondence between the clock peer state and the format of the sequence in a predefined manner.
  • the second base station acquires the timing position of the first base station by reading the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station, and determines the cell ID of the first base station, and then detects the sequence according to the third preset rule. .
  • the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station by detecting the presence or absence of a sequence or a different transmission pattern of the sequence. It should be noted that, because the second base station reads the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station, only the frame boundary of the first base station transmission time, that is, the 10 ms boundary, can be determined.
  • the second base station also needs to read a physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) sent by the first base station to determine a system frame number (SFN) of the first base station, thereby determining a sequence transmission time. position.
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • SFN system frame number
  • first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators can determine the sequence sending pattern information and the sequence and the clock through negotiation or paper protocol or other means.
  • the correspondence between the states of the is such that the base stations of different operators agree on the understanding of the correspondence between the transmission pattern of the sequence and the state of the clock peer.
  • the clock peer status may be indicated by a predefined network listening reference signal NLRS format (NLRS pattern).
  • the NLRS pattern includes the transmission time position of the NLRS, the transmission frequency position, and the transmission sequence form.
  • the method described in this implementation manner may be adopted for the transmission time position, the transmission frequency position, and the transmission sequence form of the NLRS.
  • the NLRS transmitted in the Nth subframe of the Mth radio frame indicates that the clock is reliable
  • the NLRS transmitted in the Kth subframe in the Mth radio frame indicates that the clock is unreliable
  • M, N, K is an integer not less than 0
  • ⁇ and ⁇ may be equal or unequal. If ⁇ and ⁇ are equal, it is also possible to confirm whether the clock peer is reliable by the frequency position of the NLRS transmission in the first (or ⁇ ) subframe.
  • the first base station may determine the NLRS pattern to be transmitted according to the third preset rule according to its own peer state, or may also pass through a centralized controller (such as OAM, MME), and the first base station has a wireless or wired interface.
  • the station directly implements the configuration according to the third preset rule according to the clock state of the first base station.
  • the centralized controller and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station first learn the first The clock state of a base station.
  • the first base station may report the clock peer state of the first base station to the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station first knows the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the second base station can learn the correspondence between the NLRS pattern and the clock peer state in a predefined manner.
  • the second base station determines the timing information and the frequency information of the signal sent by the first base station by reading the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station in the search process of the same source base station, and then determining the possible existence according to the predefined NLRS pattern.
  • the NLRS pattern transmits the location, and by blind detection, detects whether the NLRS pattern indicating the clock peer state exists. If the reserved NLRS pattern for indicating whether the clock is the same is more than 10 ms, the second base station needs to read the PBCH of the first base station to determine the system frame number SFN of the first base station, thereby determining the reserved NLRS pattern. The sending time location. Then, the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the format of the sequence and the third preset rule.
  • the clock peer type may also be indicated by a sequence or a sequence format.
  • the clock peer type may include at least one of a clock peer source, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station, and specifically, the sequence may be specified, or Corresponding relationship between the format of the sequence and the source of the various clocks, or specifying the sequence, or the correspondence between the format of the sequence and the operator of the base station, or specifying the sequence, or the format of the sequence Correspondence with the type of base station.
  • one method is: a first sequence can be introduced to represent a clock source as a GNSS, a second sequence represents a clock peer source as a wired network, and a third sequence represents a clock peer source as a macro base station, such that The second base station may determine the source of the clock of the first base station according to the sequence sent by the first base station.
  • the first base station serves as the same source base station; one method is: assigning different sequences to different operators, for example, the base station belonging to the first operator adopts a fourth sequence, so that the second base station can determine the first sequence according to the sequence An operator to which the base station belongs to determine whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; the base station belonging to the second operator adopts the cell ID in the second range; another method is to allocate with different types of base stations Different sequences, such that the second base station can determine the type of the first base station according to the sequence of the first base station, thereby determining whether The first base station can be used as the same source base station.
  • Another method is: assigning different cell IDs to the first base stations having different identities, for example, using a cell ID in the first range for a base station or a cluster of base stations in a cluster of base stations that directly implement the same clock source through the external source.
  • a non-header in a base station or a cluster of base stations that implements clock synchronization uses a cell ID in a second range, where a cluster of base stations may be a plurality of base stations densely deployed within a certain geographical area, and the clusters may be divided. It is defined by the carrier deployment.
  • the header here can be a base station in a cluster of base stations that acquires the same clock with the source through the cluster clock.
  • the non-header is the base station in the cluster of base stations that obtains the same clock through the header.
  • the bit state of the clock may be indicated by using a bit carried by the PBCH or by using a binary form, for example,
  • the lbit information indicates the clock peer status.
  • Which bit contained in the PBCH and the correspondence between the different contents indicated by the bit and the clock peer state can be made known to the first base station and the second base station in a predefined manner.
  • step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment may include:
  • Step 1 The first base station carries its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH;
  • Step 2 The first base station sends the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station.
  • Step 3 The second base station determines, according to the preset bit and the fourth preset rule in the physical broadcast channel PBCH The clock of the first base station is in the same state.
  • the first base station may determine, according to its own clock peer state, a specific indication content of the bit in the PBCH indicating whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type, for example, 1 is reliable, 0 is unreliable, or 1 is used.
  • the representation is unreliable, 0 means reliable; or, the X-bit information can be used to indicate the clock peer type in the form of a bitmap, or the clock type can be indicated in binary form by the y-bit information, where X, y are Integer.
  • the second base station can learn, by a predefined manner, a correspondence between the indication content of the preset bit and the clock peer state, that is, the fourth preset rule.
  • the second base station obtains the clock peer information of the first base station by reading the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station, and then, by receiving and parsing the PBCH sent by the first base station, Indicates the content of the bit indication of the clock peer state, and further determines the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the second base station performs the same source base station search process, which may be performed when the second base station is just powered on, or the second base station re-searches for the same source.
  • first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to interact or determine PBCH through negotiation or paper protocol or other means.
  • the position of the bit used to indicate the clock peer state and the correspondence between the content indicated by the bit and the clock peer state so that the base stations of different operators have a unified understanding of the bit position and the bit indication content.
  • the clock peer type may also be indicated by a preset bit carried by the PBCH.
  • the clock peer type may include at least one of a clock peer source, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station.
  • the preset bit and each may be specified. The correspondence between the clock source and the source, or the correspondence between the preset bit and the operator of the base station, or the correspondence between the preset bit and the type of the base station.
  • different clocks can be indicated in the form of bitmaps, and different clocks can be indicated in binary form.
  • two-bit information can be used to indicate four different clocks in the binary state, or two bits of information can be used to indicate two different clocks in the form of a bitmap.
  • One method is: the first type indicated by the preset bit, for example, 00, the content representing the clock source is GNSS, and the second content indicated by the preset bit, for example, 01, represents that the source of the clock is the wired network.
  • the third content indicated by the preset bit represents that the source of the clock is the macro base station, so that the second base station can determine the source of the clock of the first base station according to the content of the preset bit, thereby determining whether the The first base station is used as a peer base station; a method is: indicating, by using a preset bit, information of a carrier that is dependent on the base station, so that the second base station can determine, according to the preset bit, the operator to which the first base station belongs, thereby determining Whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; another method is to indicate the type of the base station by using a preset bit, so that the second base station can determine the type of the first base station according to the preset bit of the first base station, thereby determining Whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; Another method is to indicate the identity of the base station with a preset bit, for example, 1 for the header, 0 for the non-header, or 1 for the non
  • the clock peer status may be indicated by a predefined peer level.
  • the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different.
  • the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
  • the step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment may include: Step 1: The first base station determines a peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends a peer level of the first base station to the second base station on a physical layer channel;
  • Step 3 The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer class and the fifth preset rule.
  • the first base station selects an appropriate peer level according to its own peer state, and the relationship between the learned peer class and the indicated clock peer state (ie, the fifth preset rule).
  • the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station can directly implement the peer class of the first base station according to the clock peer state configuration of the first base station, and when adopting the configuration mode, It is also required that the centralized controller and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface with the first base station first know the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the first base station may report the clock peer state of the first base station to the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station first knows the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the first base station may add the peer class to the existing physical layer channel for transmission.
  • the physical layer channel may be any one of the following: PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block (SIB), paging Paging, physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), Enhanced PDCCH (Physical Downlink Data Channel, PDSCH), or may be attached to different NLRSs.
  • SIB system information block
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • Enhanced PDCCH Physical Downlink Data Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Data Channel
  • the second base station can learn the correspondence between the clock peer state and the peer class in a predefined manner. Further, the second base station can also learn the manner in which the first base station sends the peer class in a predefined manner. Which channel is used to transmit the peer level information as described above; or, the first base station can notify the second base station of the manner in which it transmits the peer class by means of signaling.
  • the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station by reading the peer relationship level sent by the first base station and the correspondence between the learned peer class and the clock peer state during the search process of the same source base station. .
  • first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to determine the peer level and time by negotiation or paper agreement or other means. Whether the clocks have the same relationship between the peers, so that the base stations of different operators are used to indicate which peers are reliable and/or unreliable, and which peers are used to indicate which clocks are of the same type. Consistent.
  • the current peer level can be extended for the current peer level, and different peer classes are set for different clock sources; different levels are set for different operators; different peer classes are set for different base station types. ; or set different peer ratings for base stations with different identities. And the smaller the peer level can be set, the higher the reliability of the same clock.
  • the second base station may be informed of the clock state of the first base station by using a UE-assisted manner.
  • the foregoing step 602 can include:
  • Step 1 The first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel.
  • the physical layer channel includes: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, an enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH. .
  • Step 2 The UE sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using an uplink transmission channel.
  • a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can
  • the clock state information of the first base station is used to notify the second base station by using the uplink transmission channel.
  • the time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the second base station can detect whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource to determine the clock peer state of the first base station, and can also detect different sequences on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource. To distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station.
  • the specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by UE blind detection.
  • the foregoing specific implementation manners in the foregoing embodiments or various implementation manners of the present invention may include any one or a combination of the following: factory settings, OAM configuration, and configuration of the first base station and the second base station, MME configuration, other centralized controllers such as coordinator or E-coordinator Configuration, or, a macro base station configuration with a wireless or wired interface with the first base station and the second base station.
  • information transmission between the first base station and the second base station for example, information such as cdl ID, sequence, peer class, or other information may be transmitted.
  • the air interface mode or the backhaul link mode more specifically, the air port or the backhaul link may be directly used for interaction, or may be transmitted through a centralized controller or through a macro base station.
  • the clock peer is reliable, the priority of different clock peer types, and various preset rules for determining the clock peer state (such as the first preset rule, the second preset rule
  • the first protocol and the second base station can be implemented by the network side configuration, for example, by the OAM configuration, by the macro base station configuration, or by the behavior of the base station side, such as the factory setting.
  • Mutual knowledge Different operators can define the above content through negotiation or paper protocol, so as to ensure that the base stations belonging to different operators have the same understanding of the above contents.

Abstract

Provided are a method and device for clock synchronization. The method comprises: a second base station receives a clock synchronization state of at least a first base station, the second base station determines a synchronization source base station on the basis of the clock synchronization state of the first base station; and, the second base station synchronizes on the basis of clock information of the synchronization source base station, where the clock synchronization state comprises whether or not clock synchronization is reliable and/or a clock synchronization type, and the clock synchronization type of the first base station comprises at least one among a clock synchronization source of the first base station, an operator to which the first base station belongs, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station. The provided method and device for clock synchronization are capable of ensuring the accuracy of clock synchronization.

Description

时钟同步方法和装置  Clock synchronization method and device
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种时钟同歩方法和装置。 背景技术  The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a clock synchronization method and apparatus. Background technique
在通信系统中, 为了保证宏基站与各个微型基站之间、 各个微型基站 之间正常的数据传输, 各个微型基站之间以及微型基站与宏基站之间需要 实现时钟同歩。时钟同歩包括时间同歩和 \或频率同歩。 当各个微型基站之间 以及微型基站与宏基站之间实现频率同歩, 是指各个微型基站或者宏基站的 频率误差在设置的阈值范围内; 当各个微型基站之间以及微型基站与宏基站 之间实现时间同歩, 是指各个微型基站的发送定时之间的偏差, 或者, 各个 微型基站发送定时到达相同用户设备端的接收定时之间的偏差, 或者, 各个 微型基站与宏基站的发送定时之间的偏差, 或者, 各个微型基站与宏基站发 送定时达到相同用户设备端的接收定时之间的偏差在设置的阈值范围内。 在 现有技术中, 通过网络侦听 (network listening) 来实现时钟同歩, 即部分微 型基站通过外界同歩源提供的时钟同歩信号获得时钟同歩, 并作为同歩源为 其它微型基站提供时钟同歩信号使得其他微型基站也实现时钟同歩, 即站间 同歩。其中,外界同歩源可以为:全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS )例如全球定位系统(Global Positioning System, 简称: GPS )、 有线网时钟、 与微型基站具有覆盖重叠区域的宏基站等。  In the communication system, in order to ensure normal data transmission between the macro base station and each micro base station and between each micro base station, clock peers need to be implemented between each micro base station and between the micro base station and the macro base station. Clock peers include time peers and / or frequency peers. When the frequency is the same between the micro base stations and the micro base station and the macro base station, it means that the frequency error of each micro base station or macro base station is within a set threshold range; when each micro base station and the micro base station and the macro base station The time synchronization is the deviation between the transmission timings of the micro base stations, or the deviation between the reception timings of the respective micro base stations and the reception timings of the same user equipment, or the transmission timing of each micro base station and the macro base station. The deviation between the micro base stations and the macro base station transmission timing reaches the reception timing of the same user equipment end within a set threshold range. In the prior art, the clock peer is realized by network listening, that is, a part of the micro base station obtains the clock peer through the clock homonym signal provided by the external source, and provides the same as the other source. The clock homologous signal enables other micro base stations to also implement clock coherence, that is, inter-station peers. Among them, the external source can be: Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as Global Positioning System (GPS), wired network clock, macro base station with overlapping base area with micro base station, etc. .
图 1为多跳同歩系统的结构示意图, 为了标识各个微型基站的同歩状 态, 预定了每一个微型基站的同歩等级, 多跳同歩的场景在密集部署的微 型基站下尤为常见。从图 1中可以看出,宏基站通过全球定位系统(Global Positioning System, 简称: GPS ) 获取定时同歩信息, 即设置同歩等级为 0; 微型基站 1通过宏基站获得定时同歩信息, 即设置同歩等级为 1 ; 微型 基站 2通过微型基站 1获得定时同歩信息, 即设置同歩等级为 2; 图 1所 示出的是一个 3跳同歩系统。 图 1中的微型基站 M为孤立部署的基站, 当微型基站 M-1通过孤立部署的微型基站 M获得同歩信息时, 则容易导 致同歩不准确。 FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-hop peer system. In order to identify the peer state of each micro base station, the peer level of each micro base station is predetermined, and the scenario of multi-hop peer is particularly common under densely deployed micro base stations. As can be seen from FIG. 1, the macro base station acquires the timing information by using the Global Positioning System (GPS), that is, sets the peer level to 0; the micro base station 1 obtains the timing information through the macro base station, that is, The peer class is set to 1; the micro base station 2 obtains the timing peer information through the micro base station 1, that is, the peer class is set to 2; FIG. 1 shows a 3-hop peer system. The micro base station M in FIG. 1 is an isolated base station. When the micro base station M-1 obtains peer information through the isolated micro base station M, it is easy to guide. To the same level is not accurate.
通常, 需要同歩的基站通过接收到的其他基站发送信号的强度和\或 其他基站的同歩等级, 确定同歩源基站。 例如, 同歩基站可以将接收信号 最强对应的信号发送基站确定为同歩源基站。  Generally, a peer base station is required to determine the same source base station by receiving the strength of the signal transmitted by other base stations and/or the peer class of other base stations. For example, the peer base station may determine the signal transmitting base station that corresponds to the strongest received signal as the same source base station.
但是,现有技术的这种同歩方法, 由于部分基站属于孤立部署的基站, 不需要考虑和其他基站之间的相互关系, 因此这类基站的时钟同歩属于自 由配置, 定时参考点随机性较大。 同歩基站若将这类基站确定为同歩源基 站, 则会导致同歩不准确。 更为严重的是, 在多跳同歩系统中, 若该同歩 不准确的基站又会作为其他基站的同歩源基站, 导致时钟同歩误差无限的 传播, 从而导致时钟同歩的误差不可控。 发明内容  However, this peer-to-peer method of the prior art, since some base stations belong to isolated base stations, and do not need to consider the relationship with other base stations, the clocks of such base stations are freely configured, timing reference point randomness. Larger. If the peer base station determines such a base station as the same source base station, it will result in inaccurate peers. More seriously, in a multi-hop peer system, if the peer base station is inaccurate, it will serve as the same source base station of other base stations, resulting in infinite error propagation of the clock peer error, resulting in the error of the clock peer. control. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种时钟同歩方法和装置, 以保证时钟同歩的准确性。 第一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种时钟同歩装置, 包括: 接收模块, 用 于接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态;  Embodiments of the present invention provide a clock synchronization method and apparatus to ensure the accuracy of clock peers. In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock peer device, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a clock peer state of at least one first base station;
确定模块, 用于根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站; 同歩模块, 用于根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩;  a determining module, configured to determine a peer base station according to a clock peer state of the first base station; and a peer module, configured to perform a peer according to clock information of the same source base station;
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。  The clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type. The clock peer type of the first base station includes a clock peer source of the first base station, a carrier of the first base station slave, At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于: 通过回程链路 backhaul的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态;或者, 通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的; 或者,  In a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link backhaul; or receive the a clock peer state of the first base station, where the clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or
通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。  Receiving, by the macro base station, a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
根据第一方面、 第一方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于: 接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识; According to the first aspect, the first or the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to: Receiving a cell identifier of at least one first base station;
根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and a first preset rule.
根据第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS ;  Receiving a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS sent by the first base station;
根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预设规则判断确 定所述第一基站的小区标识。  According to the main colleague sequence? The 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
根据第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断第 一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Receiving a sequence sent by the first base station, and determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
根据第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于:  According to a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 The second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or auxiliary sequence
SSS , 以及至少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS 发送时间位置之间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所 述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。 SSS, and at least one sequence, the transmission time position of the sequence having a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or There is a preset frequency interval between the SSS transmission frequency positions.
根据第一方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于:  According to the sixth or seventh possible implementation of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  Determining a clock state of the first base station according to a format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
根据第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于:  According to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特;  Reading a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to a preset bit in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
根据第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级; 根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 根据第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块具体用于: Reading a peer level sent by the first base station in a physical layer channel; Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer level and a fifth preset rule. According to a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation, the receiving module is specifically configured to:
通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟源同歩状态是由所述第一基站通过物理层信道发送给所述 UE的。  And receiving, by the uplink transmission channel, a clock peer state of the first base station sent by the UE, where a clock source peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel.
根据第一方面的第九种或第十种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实 现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信 道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH,物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  According to the ninth or the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种时钟同歩装置, 包括:  In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock synchronization device, including:
确定模块, 用于确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态包括所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站 的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第 一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种;  a determining module, configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station includes a clock peer of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type, the clock of the first base station The peer type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station slave, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
发送模块, 用于向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第 二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第一 基站的时钟信息进行同歩。  a sending module, configured to send a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and according to the first base station The clock information is peered.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the sending module is specifically configured to: send, by using air interface signaling, a clock peer state of the first base station.
在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使所述集中控制 器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站; 或者,  In a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the sending module is specifically configured to: send a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or: set a clock of the first base station The peer state is reported to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or
将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述宏基站将所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。  The clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
根据第二方面、 第二方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to the second aspect, the first or the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。 And sending, by the second base station, the cell identifier of the first base station, so that the second base station determines, according to the cell identifier of the first base station, a first preset rule that the clock of the first base station is the same State.
根据第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS ;  Determining the main synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS according to its own clock peer state and the sixth preset rule;
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩序列 SSS , 以 使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一 基站的小区标识。  Transmitting, by the second base station, the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronizing sequence SSS, so that the second base station determines, according to the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS The cell identity of the first base station.
根据第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序列;  Determining at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule;
通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所述序列和 所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
根据第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有预设 的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率 位置之间具有预设的频率间隔;  According to the fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the sending time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS sending time position And / or a transmission frequency position of the sequence having a preset frequency interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position;
所述发送模块具体用于:  The sending module is specifically configured to:
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个所述序列。  Transmitting the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS to the second base station, and at least one of the sequences.
根据第二方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to the sixth or seventh possible implementation of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的格式; 根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所 述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule; transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
根据第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the eighth possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特中; 向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 Carrying its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; transmitting the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station is pre-prescribed according to the physical broadcast channel PBCH Setting the bit and the fourth preset rule to determine the time of the first base station Zhong Tong’s status.
根据第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the sending module is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基站的同歩等 级;  Determining the peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule;
在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等级, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。  And transmitting, by the physical layer channel, the peer level of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the clock of the first base station according to the peer level and the fifth preset rule. Peer status.
根据第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation, the sending module is specifically configured to:
通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE 通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Sending, by the physical layer channel, the clock peer state of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using an uplink transport channel.
根据第二方面的第九种或第十种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实 现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信 道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH ,物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  According to the ninth or the tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种基站, 包括:  In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
接收器, 用于接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态,  a receiver, configured to receive a clock peer state of the at least one first base station,
处理器, 用于根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站; 所述处理器还用于根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩;  a processor, configured to determine a peer-to-peer base station according to a clock peer state of the first base station; the processor is further configured to perform a peer according to the clock information of the same source base station;
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。  The clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type. The clock peer type of the first base station includes a clock peer source of the first base station, a carrier of the first base station slave, At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的; 或者,  In a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or receive, by using a centralized controller, the first a clock peer state of a base station, wherein a clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or
通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。 Receiving, by the macro base station, a clock peer state of the first base station, where the clock of the first base station is the same The 歩 state is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
根据第三方面、 第三方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  According to the third aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识;  Receiving a cell identifier of at least one first base station;
根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and a first preset rule.
根据第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS ;  Receiving a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS sent by the first base station;
根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预设规则确定所 述第一基站的小区标识。  According to the main colleague sequence? The 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
根据第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站的发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Receiving a sequence of transmissions by the first base station, and determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
根据第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  According to a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置 之间具有预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。  Receiving a primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or a secondary synchronization sequence SSS sent by the first base station, and at least one sequence, and a preset between a transmission time position of the sequence and a time position of the PSS or the SSS transmission The time interval, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence has a preset frequency interval from the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position.
根据第三方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  According to the sixth or seventh possible implementation of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the receiver is specifically configured to:
根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  Determining a clock state of the first base station according to a format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
根据第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the receiver is specifically configured to:
读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特;  Reading a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。 根据第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于: Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to a preset bit in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule. According to a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the receiver is specifically configured to:
读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级;  Reading a peer level sent by the first base station in a physical layer channel;
根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 根据第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于:  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer level and a fifth preset rule. According to a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the receiver is specifically configured to:
通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟源同歩状态是由所述第一基站通过物理层信道发送给所述 UE的。  And receiving, by the uplink transmission channel, a clock peer state of the first base station sent by the UE, where a clock source peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel.
根据第三方面的第九种或第十种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实 现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信 道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  According to the ninth or the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
第四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种时钟同歩基站, 包括:  In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock peer base station, including:
处理器, 用于确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态 包括所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和 \或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站的 时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第一 基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种;  a processor, configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station includes a clock peer of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type, the clock of the first base station The peer type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station slave, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
发送器, 用于向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第二 基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第一基 站的时钟信息进行同歩。  a transmitter, configured to send a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and according to the first base station The clock information is peered.
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by using air interface signaling, a clock peer state of the first base station.
在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使所述集中控制 器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站; 或者,  In a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transmitter is specifically configured to: send a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or: set a clock of the first base station The peer state is reported to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or
将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述宏基站将所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。  The clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
根据第四方面、 第四方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于: According to the fourth aspect, the first or second possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in the third In a possible implementation manner, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  And sending, by the second base station, the cell identifier of the first base station, so that the second base station determines, according to the cell identifier of the first base station, and the first preset rule, the clock state of the first base station.
根据第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS ;  Determining the main synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS according to its own clock peer state and the sixth preset rule;
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩序列 SSS , 以 使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一 基站的小区标识。  Sending the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronizing sequence SSS to the second base station, so that the second base station is according to the main synchronizing sequence? The 88 and/or secondary sequence SSS determines the cell identity of the first base station.
根据第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序列;  Determining at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule;
通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所述序列和 所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
根据第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有预设 的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率 位置之间具有预设的频率间隔 ·'  According to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the sending time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS sending time position And / or the transmission frequency position of the sequence has a preset frequency interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position.
所述发送器具体用于:  The transmitter is specifically configured to:
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个所述序列。  Transmitting the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS to the second base station, and at least one of the sequences.
根据第四方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述发送器具体用于:  According to the sixth or seventh possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的格式; 根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所 述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule; transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
根据第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于: 将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特中; 向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 According to a first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to: Carrying its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; transmitting the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station is pre-prescribed according to the physical broadcast channel PBCH And setting a bit and a fourth preset rule to determine a clock peer state of the first base station.
根据第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基站的同歩等 级;  Determining the peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule;
在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等级, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。  And transmitting, by the physical layer channel, the peer level of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the clock of the first base station according to the peer level and the fifth preset rule. Peer status.
根据第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器具体用于:  According to a first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE 通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Sending, by the physical layer channel, the clock peer state of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using an uplink transport channel.
根据第四方面的第九种或第十种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实 现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信 道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  According to the ninth or the tenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
第五方面, 本发明实施例提供一种时钟同歩方法, 包括:  In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock synchronization method, including:
第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态,  Receiving, by the second base station, a clock peer state of the at least one first base station,
第二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站;  The second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩;  The second base station performs the same according to the clock information of the same source base station;
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。  The clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type. The clock peer type of the first base station includes a clock peer source of the first base station, a carrier of the first base station slave, At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站接收至少一个第 一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving, by the second base station, a clock peer state of the at least one first base station includes:
所述第二基站通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站接收至少一个第 一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: The second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling. In a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the second base station receives at least one The clock peer state of a base station, including:
所述第二基站通过回程链路的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者,  Receiving, by the second base station, a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or
所述第二基站通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的;或者, 所述第二基站通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一 基站的时钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。  The second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station by using the centralized controller, and the clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or The second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station by using the macro base station, and the clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
根据第五方面、 第五方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括:  According to the fifth aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the at least one first base station includes:
所述第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识;  Receiving, by the second base station, a cell identifier of at least one first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and a first preset rule.
根据第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识, 包括:  According to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiving, by the second base station, the cell identifier of the at least one first base station includes:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 The second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or auxiliary sequence
SSS; SSS;
所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预 设规则确定所述第一基站的小区标识。  The second base station according to the primary peer sequence? The 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
根据第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态,包括: 所述第二基站接收所述第一基站的发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二 预设规则判断第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  According to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station by using air interface signaling, The second base station receives the sequence of transmission of the first base station, and determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
根据第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站读取所述第一基站的发送的序列, 包括:  According to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the reading, by the second base station, the sequence of the sending of the first base station includes:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS 发送时间位置之间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所 述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。  The second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or a secondary sequence SSS, and at least one sequence, the transmission time position of the sequence having a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and / or the transmission of the sequence There is a preset frequency interval between the frequency location and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency location.
根据第五方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第二基站根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态, 包括: According to the sixth or seventh possible implementation of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation In the mode, the determining, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule, including:
所述第二基站根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站 的时钟同歩状态。  The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
根据第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二基站通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态,包括: 所述第二基站读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比 特;  According to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The second base station reads a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第 一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to a preset bit in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
根据第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中所 述第二基站通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟源同歩状态,包括: 所述第二基站读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级; 所述第二基站根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  According to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the second base station, by using air interface signaling, to receive a clock source peer state of the first base station, includes: The second base station reads the peer class sent by the first base station in the physical layer channel; the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer class and the fifth preset rule.
根据第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中所 述第二基站通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 所述第二基站通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态的信息是由所述第一基站通过物理层 信道发送给所述 UE的。  According to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving, by the second base station, the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, in the tenth possible implementation manner, The second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station that is sent by the UE by using the uplink transmission channel, and the information of the clock peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel. .
根据第五方面的第九种或第十种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实 现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信 道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH ,物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  According to the ninth or the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
第六方面, 本发明实施例提供一种时钟同歩方法, 包括:  In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a clock synchronization method, including:
第一基站确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态包括 所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站的时钟 同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第一基站 的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种;  The first base station determines its own clock peer state, and the clock peer state of the first base station includes whether the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock type, and the clock of the first base station is the same. The type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
所述第一基站向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第二 基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第一基 站的时钟信息进行同歩。 Transmitting, by the first base station, a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station The base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and performs the same according to the clock information of the first base station.
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站向第二基站发送 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the sending, by the first base station, the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station includes:
所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站向第二基站发送 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: :  The first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling. In a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, including:
所述第一基站通过回程链路的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者,  Transmitting, by the first base station, a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link; or
所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使 所述集中控制器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站;或者, 所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述 宏基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。  The first base station reports the clock state of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or The first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
根据第六方面、 第六方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩 状态, 包括:  According to the sixth aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the first base station sends a clock peer of the first base station to a second base station Status, including:
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的 时钟同歩状态。  The first base station sends the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines, according to the cell identifier of the first base station, and the first preset rule, that the first base station Clock peer status.
根据第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 包括:  According to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the sending, by the first base station, the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station includes:
所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序歹 SSS;  Determining, by the first base station, a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS according to its own clock peer state and a sixth preset rule;
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列?88和\或所述辅同歩 序列 SSS , 以使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS 确定所述第一基站的小区标识。  The first base station sends the primary synchronization sequence to the second base station? 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS, such that the second base station determines the cell identity of the first base station according to the primary peer sequence PSS and/or the secondary sequence SSS.
根据第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态,包括: 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序 歹^ 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根 据所述序列和所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 According to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The first base station determines at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule. The first base station sends the sequence by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
根据第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有 预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送 频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔;  According to the fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the sending time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS sending time position And / or a transmission frequency position of the sequence having a preset frequency interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position;
所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 包括:  Sending, by the first base station, the sequence by means of air interface signaling, including:
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS, 以及至少一个所述序列。  The first base station sends the primary synchronization sequence to the second base station? 88 and / or a secondary sequence SSS, and at least one of said sequences.
根据第六方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态, 包括:  According to the sixth or the seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by using air interface signaling, Includes:
所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的 格式;  Determining, by the first base station, the format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule;
所述第一基站根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第 二基站根据所述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  And transmitting, by the first base station, the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to a format of the sequence.
根据第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态,包括: 第一基站将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比 特中,  According to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The base station carries its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH.
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The first base station sends the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the first base station according to preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH and a fourth preset rule. Clock peer status.
根据第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态,包括: 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基 站的同歩等级;  According to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: Determining, by the first base station, a peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule;
所述第一基站在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等 级, 以使所述第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一 基站的时钟同歩状态。 根据第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态,包括: 所述第一基站通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。 Transmitting, by the first base station, a peer level of the first base station to the second base station on a physical layer channel, so that the second base station determines, according to the peer level and the fifth preset rule, The clock of the first base station is in the same state. According to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling, including: The first base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the UE through the physical layer channel, so that the UE sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using the uplink transport channel.
根据第六方面的第九种或第十种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实 现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信 道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH ,物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  According to the ninth or the tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a bearer system The channel of the information block SIB, the paging channel, the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本发明实施例提供的时钟同歩方法和装置, 通过第一基站确定自身的时 钟同歩状态后, 向第二基站发送该时钟同歩状态, 第二基站根据所述第一基 站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 然后再基于同歩源基站进行同歩, 即能 够实现第二基站在进行同歩之前先确认第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 只有在确 定第一基站的时钟同歩可靠和\或第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级之 后才将该第一基站确定为同歩源基站, 从而能够避免由于第一基站的时钟信 息不准确而导致第二基站的同歩不准确的问题, 保证第二基站根据正确的时 钟信息进行同歩, 能够提高整个系统的时钟同歩的精度。 附图说明  The clock synchronization method and device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after the first base station determines its own clock peer state, sends the clock peer state to the second base station, and the second base station according to the clock of the first base station The state is determined to be the same as the source base station, and then based on the same source base station, that is, the second base station can confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, only when determining the clock of the first base station. The first base station is determined to be the same source base station after being reliable and/or the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, so that the second base station can be avoided due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station. Inaccurate problems ensure that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, which can improve the accuracy of the clock synchronization of the entire system. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对 实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见 地, 下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员 来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的 附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor.
图 1为多跳同歩系统的结构示意图;  Figure 1 is a schematic structural view of a multi-hop homonym system;
图 2为本发明时钟同歩装置实施例一的结构示意图;  2 is a schematic structural view of Embodiment 1 of a clock homophone device according to the present invention;
图 3为本发明时钟同歩装置实施例二的结构示意图;  3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a clock homophone device according to the present invention;
图 4为本发明基站实施例一的结构示意图;  4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 5为本发明基站实施例二的结构示意图;  5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention;
图 6为本发明时钟同歩方法实施例一的交互流程图; 图 7为 FDD系统中 PSS和 SSS的时频分布示意图。 具体实施方式 6 is an interaction flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a clock synchronization method according to the present invention; Figure 7 is a schematic diagram showing the time-frequency distribution of PSS and SSS in an FDD system. detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本 发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描 述, 显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提 下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
在本文中, 除非特殊说明, 同歩等级越小代表同歩精度越高, 或者说 同歩等级越小的基站与外界同歩源之间经历的同歩跳数越少。本发明实施 例所述的基站包括宏基站和微型基站, 在以下各个实施例中, 采用第一基 站表示提供同歩信息的基站, 采用第二基站表示待同歩 (需要更新同歩信 息) 的基站。 第二基站执行同歩源基站搜索过程, 可以是在第二基站刚开机 时执行, 也可以是在第二基站在开机后运行了一段时间之后重新搜索同歩源 时执行。  In this paper, unless otherwise specified, the smaller the peer level, the higher the accuracy of the peer, or the smaller the number of peer hops experienced between the base station and the external source. The base station according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a macro base station and a micro base station. In the following embodiments, the first base station indicates that the base station provides the peer information, and the second base station indicates that the base station needs to be the same (requires updating the peer information). Base station. The second base station performs the same source resource base station search process, which may be performed when the second base station is just turned on, or may be executed when the second base station runs after searching for a period of time and then searches for the same source again.
图 2为本发明时钟同歩装置实施例一的结构示意图, 本实施例的装置可 以设置在基站上, 该基站可以作为第二基站, 即需要更新同歩信息的基站。 如图 2所示, 本实施例的装置 200可以包括: 接收模块 11、 确定模块 12和 同歩模块 13, 其中,  2 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a clock peer device according to the present invention. The device in this embodiment may be configured on a base station, and the base station may serve as a second base station, that is, a base station that needs to update peer information. As shown in FIG. 2, the apparatus 200 of this embodiment may include: a receiving module 11, a determining module 12, and a peer module 13, wherein
接收模块 11, 可以用于接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 确定模块 12, 可以用于根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基 站;  The receiving module 11 may be configured to receive a clock peer state of the at least one first base station; the determining module 12 may be configured to determine the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station;
同歩模块 13, 可以用于根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩; 其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。  The peer module 13 may be configured to perform the same according to the clock information of the same source base station, where the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type, and the first base station The clock synchronization type includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station.
上述时钟同歩状态包括的时钟同歩来源例如可以为: 时钟同歩来自全球 导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System, 简称: GNSS )、例如 GPS, 北斗卫星导航系统, 或者有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟 同歩协议) , 或者是由与微型基站具有覆盖重叠区域的宏基站提供的时钟同 歩, 或者是由微型基站提供的时钟同歩。 The clock peers included in the clock peer state may be, for example: a clock peer from a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as a GPS, a Beidou satellite navigation system, or a wired network (such as the IEEE1588 clock)歩 protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol), or the clock provided by the macro base station with the overlapping area of the micro base station 歩, or the same clock provided by the micro base station.
第一基站的基站类型可以为: 宏基站, 微基站, 微基站的特点是发射功 率低、 覆盖范围小, 微基站具体又可以包括城市小区 (Metro cell) , 微小区 (Micro cell) , 微微小区 (Pico cell) , 毫微微小区 (Femto cell) 。  The base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
第一基站的身份可以为: 直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例 如 header) , 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例如非 header) , 外界同歩源可以为: GNSS 提供的时钟同歩; 有线网提供的时钟同歩; 宏基 站提供的时钟同歩; 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站可以为: 通 过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  The identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be : The clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
需要说明的是, 基站的身份通常对于一簇基站而言, 一簇基站可以是在 一定的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部 署时定义的, 一簇基站中的 header可以是该簇基站中通过簇外时钟同歩源获 取时钟同歩的基站,非 header是该簇基站中通过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  It should be noted that the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area. The clustering may be defined by a carrier, a cluster. The header in the base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义可以为: 将能够直接通过外界同歩源或间接通 过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息的基站认为是时钟同歩可靠的基站, 其中直接 通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息, 是指该基站可以直接从 GNSS、 例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统、或有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟同 歩协议) 获取时钟信息; 间接通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息是指该基站通 过其他基站获得外界同歩源的时钟信息, 例如基站 A直接通过外界同歩源获 取时钟同歩, 基站 B通过基站 A获取时钟同歩, 那么基站 B的时钟同歩就属 于间接通过外界同歩源获取到同歩信息, SP, 也可以认为是可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be: The base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source. Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source The information indicates that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations. For example, the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock peer of the base station B belongs to Indirect access to peer information through the outside world, SP, can also be considered reliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 将考虑了和其他基站的相对时钟同 歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 将没有考虑和其他基站的相对时钟 同歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 同歩的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠 的, 未同歩 (或失歩) 的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 没有直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的, 例如孤立部署的基站或孤立部署的一 簇基站中的任何一个。 时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 时钟源为 GNSS、 有线网、 同歩基 站至少 1个的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的; 否则, 认为是不可靠的, 例如 孤立部署的基站或孤立部署的一簇基站中的任何一个基站。 The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as any of the isolated base stations or a cluster of base stations deployed in isolation. The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock source of the GNSS, the wired network, and the base station of at least one of the peer base stations is considered to be reliable; otherwise, it is considered unreliable, such as an isolated base station or Any one of a cluster of base stations deployed in isolation.
时钟同歩是否可靠也可以根据其他的规则进行定义, 例如, 也可以定义 为: 只要满足上述任意一种 "时钟同歩不可靠" 的定义的基站, 均认为是不 可靠的; 或者只要满足上述任意一种 "时钟同歩可靠" 的定义的基站, 均认 为是可靠的。 本发明实施例对此不做限定。  Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be defined according to other rules. For example, it can also be defined as: As long as any of the above-mentioned "clock peers are not reliable" definition base stations are considered to be unreliable; or as long as the above is satisfied Any base station whose definition of "clock is reliable" is considered to be reliable. This embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
需要说明的是, 时钟同歩是否可靠的定义可以通过标准协议规范定义, 也可以由网络侧配置实现, 例如通过 OAM配置实现, 也可以通过宏基站配 置实现, 也可以是基站侧实现的行为, 使第一基站和 \或第二基站互知。  It should be noted that whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be defined by a standard protocol specification, or can be implemented by a network side configuration, for example, by an OAM configuration, a macro base station configuration, or a behavior implemented by a base station side. The first base station and/or the second base station are made known to each other.
第一基站可以包括宏基站和微型基站, 第二基站优选为微型基站, 但也 可以包括宏基站。 第一基站和第二基站可以从属于相同的运营商, 也可以从 属于不同的运营商。  The first base station may comprise a macro base station and a pico base station, and the second base station is preferably a micro base station, but may also comprise a macro base station. The first base station and the second base station may belong to the same operator or may belong to different operators.
可选地, 在一种方式中, 所述接收模块 11具体可以用于:  Optionally, in a manner, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to:
通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Receiving a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
可选地, 在另一种方式中, 所述接收模块 11具体可以用于:  Optionally, in another manner, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to:
通过回程链路 backhaul的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态;或者, 通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的; 或者,  Receiving a clock peer state of the first base station by means of a backhaul link backhaul; or receiving a clock peer state of the first base station by using a centralized controller, where a clock peer state of the first base station is The first base station reports to the centralized controller; or
通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。  Receiving, by the macro base station, a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
其中, 回程链路 backhaul可以为 S1/X2接口。  The backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
具体地, 当所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态表明该第一基站的时钟同歩可 靠时和 \或表明该第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级时, 本实施例的时钟 同歩装置可以将该第一基站作为候选同歩源基站或直接将第一基站确定为同 歩源基站。  Specifically, when the clock peer state of the first base station indicates that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and/or indicates that the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, the clock of this embodiment is the same. The device may use the first base station as a candidate peer base station or directly determine the first base station as a peer source base station.
由于接收模块 11可能接收多个第一基站的时钟同歩状态,并且可能存在 多个时钟同歩状态相同的第一基站,例如存在多个时钟同歩可靠的第一基站, 这些时钟同歩可靠的第一基站均可作为候选同歩源基站,确定模块 12可以根 据预设规则从中选择一个第一基站作为同歩源基站, 例如可以根据同歩等级 进行选择, 选择同歩等级最小的第一基站作为同歩源基站; 或者, 可以根据 时钟同歩类型的优先级进行选择, 能够提供高同歩精度、 较小同歩误差、 便 于异运营商之间同歩的第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级, 时钟同歩类 型的优先级可以体现为: 时钟源为 GNSS的优先级大于时钟源为有线网或无 线同歩的优先级、 时钟源为 GNSS或者有线网的第一基站的优先级大于时钟 源为无线同歩的第一基站, 时钟源为无线同歩的第一基站, 是指第一基站通 过接收其他基站发送的同歩信号实现同歩; 宏基站的优先级大于微型基站的 优先级、 与第二基站属于相同运营商的第一基站的优先级大于与第二基站不 属于相同运营商的第一基站 (在部分场景下也可以设为与第二基站属于相同 运营商的第一基站的优先级小于与第二基站不属于相同运营商的第一基站); 或者, 如果确定第一基站为同歩源基站之后, 对其他已经同歩的基站产生的 影响最小, 那么这样的第一基站可以认为具有高优先级的时钟同歩类型, 可 以将第一基站作为同歩源基站, 所述的影响最小, 可以是指对于已经同歩的 基站, 需要重新调整时钟同歩的基站个数最少; 或者, 作为 header的第一基 站的时钟同歩类型优先级大于作为非 header的第一基站的时钟同歩类型优先 级,作为 header和\或作为非 header的第一基站可以用第一基站的时钟同歩源 来标示, 或者直接用第一基站是 header或非 header来标示。 Since the receiving module 11 may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations, and there may be multiple first base stations having the same clock state, for example, there are multiple first clocks with reliable clocks, these clocks are reliable. The first base station can be used as a candidate peer base station, and the determining module 12 can select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule, for example, according to the peer class. Selecting, selecting the first base station with the lowest peer level as the same source base station; or, selecting according to the priority of the clock peer type, providing high homology precision, small homology error, and facilitating different operators The clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, and the priority of the clock peer type can be expressed as follows: The clock source is GNSS priority is greater than the clock source is the priority of the wired network or wireless peer, the clock The first base station whose source is the GNSS or the wired network has a higher priority than the first base station whose clock source is the wireless peer, and the first base station whose clock source is the wireless peer, refers to the first base station receiving the same signal transmitted by other base stations. Realizing the same; the priority of the macro base station is greater than the priority of the micro base station, the priority of the first base station belonging to the same operator as the second base station is greater than the first base station not belonging to the same carrier by the second base station (in some scenarios) The first base station that belongs to the same carrier as the second base station may have a lower priority than the first base station that does not belong to the same carrier as the second base station. If it is determined that the first base station is the same source base station and has the least impact on other already connected base stations, then such first base station can be considered to have a high priority clock peer type, and the first base station can be used as the first base station The same as the source base station, the impact is the smallest, which may mean that the number of base stations that need to re-adjust the clock peer is the least for the base stations that have already been the same; or the priority of the clock peer type of the first base station as the header is greater than The clock of the first base station of the non-header is of the same type as the priority of the first base station, and the first base station of the non-header can be marked with the clock of the first base station, or the first base station is a header or a non-header. To mark.
对于多个候选同歩源基站的情况, 第二基站也可以根据其他的规则进行 选择, 本发明实施例对此不做限定。  For the case of multiple candidate peer base stations, the second base station may also be selected according to other rules, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 不同时钟同歩类型对应的优先级, 可以通过标准协议规 范定义, 也可以由网络侧配置实现, 例如通过 OAM配置实现, 也可以通过 宏基站配置实现, 也可以是基站侧实现的行为, 在此不做限定, 使第一基站 和\或第二基站可以互知。  It should be noted that the priority corresponding to different types of clocks can be defined by standard protocol specifications or by network side configuration, for example, by OAM configuration, by macro base station configuration, or by base station side. The behavior is not limited herein, so that the first base station and/or the second base station can be known.
本实施例的时钟同歩装置, 通过接收模块接收第一基站的时钟同歩状态 后, 确定模块根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 然后同歩 模块再基于同歩源基站进行同歩, 即能够实现在进行同歩之前先确认第一基 站的时钟同歩状态, 只有在确定第一基站的时钟同歩可靠和 \或第一基站的时 钟同歩类型具有高优先级之后才将该第一基站确定为同歩源基站, 从而能够 避免由于第一基站的时钟信息不准确而导致第二基站的同歩不准确的问题, 保证第二基站根据正确的时钟信息进行同歩, 能够提高整个系统的时钟同歩 的精度。 In the clock peer device of the embodiment, after the receiving module receives the clock peer state of the first base station, the determining module determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and then the peer module is based on the same The source base station performs the same, that is, it can confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and only has the high priority in determining whether the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock type of the first base station is high. After the level is determined, the first base station is determined to be the same as the source base station, so that the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station is avoided, and the second base station is ensured according to the correct clock information. Peer, can improve the clock peer of the entire system Precision.
进一歩地, 所述接收模块 11可以按照以下六种方式进行配置。  Further, the receiving module 11 can be configured in the following six manners.
在第一种可选的实现方式中,通过小区标识(cell identity,简称: cell ID), 来指示时钟同歩状态。  In the first alternative implementation, the cell identity (cell identity) is used to indicate the clock peer state.
因此, 所述接收模块 11具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiving module 11 can be specifically used to:
接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识;  Receiving a cell identifier of at least one first base station;
根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and a first preset rule.
在第二种可选的实现方式中,可以通过主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS来指示所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a second optional implementation, the clock peer state of the first base station may be indicated by a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
所述接收模块 11具体可以用于:  The receiving module 11 can be specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS;  Receiving a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS sent by the first base station;
根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预设规则确定所 述第一基站的小区标识。  According to the main colleague sequence? The 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
需要说明的是, 第二种可选的实现方式可以包括两种情况:  It should be noted that the second optional implementation may include two situations:
一种情况是用 PSS和 SSS两者来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 这种情 况可以对应于第一种可选的实现方式中的根据小区标识确定时钟同歩状态的 方案, 即在接收到第一基站的 PSS和 SSS之后, 所述接收模块 11可以根据 PSS和\或 SSS确定所述第一基站的小区标识, 然后再根据第一预设规则确定 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 当然也可以直接用 PSS和 SSS指示时钟同歩 状态, 即接收模块 11接收到第一基站的 PSS和 SSS之后, 直接根据第六预 设规则确定所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In one case, both the PSS and the SSS are used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station, which may correspond to the scheme for determining the clock peer state according to the cell identity in the first alternative implementation manner, that is, After receiving the PSS and the SSS of the first base station, the receiving module 11 may determine the cell identifier of the first base station according to the PSS and/or the SSS, and then determine the clock of the first base station according to the first preset rule.歩 state; of course, the clock peer state can be directly indicated by the PSS and the SSS, that is, after receiving the PSS and the SSS of the first base station, the receiving module 11 directly determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the sixth preset rule. .
另一种情况是只采用 PSS和 SSS中的一个来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状 态, 即所述接收模块 11接收第一基站的 PSS和 SSS , 但仅根据 PSS或 SSS 来确定第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In another case, only one of the PSS and the SSS is used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station, that is, the receiving module 11 receives the PSS and the SSS of the first base station, but determines the first base station only according to the PSS or the SSS. The clock is in the same state.
在第三种可选的实现方式中, 可以引入一个或多个序列, 用于指示所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 该序列可以通过空口信令的方式发送。  In a third optional implementation, one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station. The sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
因此, 所述接收模块 11具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiving module 11 can be specifically used to:
接收所述第一基站发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断第 一基站的时钟同歩状态。 其中, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之 间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS 或所述 SSS 发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔, 因此, 进一歩具体地, 所述接 收模块 11 可以接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS 和\或辅同歩序列 SSS, 以及至少一个序列。 Receiving a sequence sent by the first base station, and determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule. Wherein the transmission time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position There is a preset frequency interval between each other. Therefore, the receiving module 11 can receive the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS sent by the first base station, and at least one sequence.
上述的第三种可选的实现方式中, 第二基站可以在预设的发送位置和 \或 预设的频率位置检测, 判断所述序列是否存在, 或者判断接收到的序列为什 么序列来判断第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In the foregoing third optional implementation manner, the second base station may detect at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine a sequence of the received sequence to determine the sequence. The clock state of a base station.
可选地, 除了用该引入的序列指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 还可以用 所述序列的格式 (pattern) 来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 例如引入一个 具有多种格式的第一序列, 当该第一序列在第一频率位置发送时, 指示第一 基站的时钟同歩可靠, 当该第一序列在第二频率位置发送时, 指示第一基站 的时钟同歩不可靠; 或者, 例如采用该第一序列在不同的时间位置或频率位 置发送时, 指示第一基站的的不同的时钟同歩类型。 具体实现时, 所述第一 序列可以为 NLRS序列。  Optionally, in addition to indicating the clock peer state of the first base station by using the introduced sequence, the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, introducing a first sequence having multiple formats, when the first sequence is transmitted at the first frequency position, indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and when the first sequence is sent at the second frequency position, indicating The clock of a base station is unreliable; or, for example, when the first sequence is transmitted at different time positions or frequency positions, indicating different clock synchronizing types of the first base station. In a specific implementation, the first sequence may be an NLRS sequence.
因此, 所述接收模块 11具体用于:  Therefore, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to:
根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  Determining a clock state of the first base station according to a format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
在第四种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过 PBCH的预设比特指示时钟同歩 状态, 例如可以通过 1 比特信息指示时钟同歩可靠或不可靠, 也可以通过 X 比特信息用位图 (bitmap) 的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 或者通过 y 比特信息 用二进制的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 其中, X, y为整数。  In a fourth optional implementation manner, the clock peer state may be indicated by a preset bit of the PBCH, for example, the clock peer may be reliable or unreliable by using 1-bit information, or may be bitmapped by X-bit information (bitmap) The form of the clock indicates the type of the clock peer, or the type of the clock is indicated in binary form by the y-bit information, where X, y are integers.
因此, 所述接收模块 11具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiving module 11 can be specifically used to:
读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特;  Reading a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to a preset bit in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
在第五种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过预定义的同歩等级指示时钟同歩 状态。例如, 可以将系统中可以支持的最大的同歩等级或者预留的同歩等级, 用来指示时钟同歩是否可靠; 或者可以将系统中可以支持的不同同歩等级对 应不同的时钟同歩类型。 进一歩地, 同歩等级又可以通过不同的小区标识、 不同的序列格式、 PBCH中预设的比特来表示。 In a fifth alternative implementation, the clock peer state can be indicated by a predefined peer level. For example, the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different. . Further, the peer level can be identified by different cells, Different sequence formats, preset bits in the PBCH are represented.
因此, 所述接收模块 1 1具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiving module 1 1 can be specifically used to:
读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级;  Reading a peer level sent by the first base station in a physical layer channel;
根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 在第六种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过 UE辅助的方式获知第一基站的 时钟状态信息。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer level and a fifth preset rule. In a sixth optional implementation manner, the clock state information of the first base station can be obtained by means of UE assistance.
因此, 所述接收模块 1 1具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiving module 1 1 can be specifically used to:
通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站通过物理层信道发送给所述 UE 的。  The clock peer state of the first base station sent by the UE is received by the uplink transmission channel, and the clock peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel.
具体实现时, 可以选择一个能够同时接收到第一基站和第二基站信号的 In a specific implementation, a signal that can receive the first base station and the second base station at the same time may be selected.
UE作为辅助 UE, 第一基站可以通过物理层信道将第一基站的时钟状态信息 通知给辅助 UE, 该辅助 UE可以利用上行传输信道, 将第一基站的时钟状态 信息通知给第二基站, 其中第一基站的时钟状态信息在上行传输信道中占用 的时间资源、 频率资源、 序列资源可以是事先定义好的。 因此, 接收模块 1 1 可以在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测能量是否超过设置阈值, 来判断第 一基站的时钟同歩状态, 例如时钟同歩是否可靠, 也可以通过在固定的时间 资源和频率资源上检测不同的序列, 来区分第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 第一 基站通知辅助 UE 时钟状态信息占用的物理层信道的具体格式, 也可以是事 先定义好的, 或者通过 UE盲检测获得。 The UE serves as the secondary UE, and the first base station may notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using the physical layer channel, and the secondary UE may notify the second base station of the clock state information of the first base station by using the uplink transmission channel, where The time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transport channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the receiving module 1 1 can detect whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource to determine the clock peer state of the first base station, for example, whether the clock peer is reliable, or can be used at a fixed time resource and Different sequences are detected on the frequency resources to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station. The specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by UE blind detection.
其中, 第五种和第六种实现方式中, 所述物理层信道可以包括以下至少 一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH , 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  In the fifth and sixth implementation manners, the physical layer channel may include at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, and a physical downlink control channel. PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
图 3为本发明时钟同歩装置实施例二的结构示意图, 本实施例的装置可 以设置在基站上, 该基站可以作为第一基站, 即需要更新同歩信息的基站。 如图 3所示, 本实施例的装置 300可以包括: 确定模块 21和发送模块 22, 其中,  FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a clock peer device according to the present invention. The device in this embodiment may be configured on a base station, and the base station may serve as a first base station, that is, a base station that needs to update peer information. As shown in FIG. 3, the apparatus 300 of this embodiment may include: a determining module 21 and a sending module 22, where
确定模块 21, 用于确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩 状态包括所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和 \或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基 站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种; a determining module 21, configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station includes whether a clock peer of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type, the first base The clock peer type of the station includes at least one of a clock peer source of the first base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station;
发送模块 22, 用于向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使 第二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第 一基站的时钟信息进行同歩。  The sending module 22 is configured to send a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and according to the first The clock information of the base station is the same.
上述时钟同歩状态包括的时钟同歩来源例如可以为: 时钟同歩来自全球 导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System, 简称: GNSS )、例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统, 或者为有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时 钟同歩协议) , 或者是由与微型基站具有覆盖重叠区域的宏基站提供的时钟 同歩, 或者是由微型基站提供的时钟同歩。  The clock peers include the same clock source as: Clock peers from Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock) The peer protocol, the Ethernet clock peer protocol, or the clock provided by the macro base station having the overlapping area of the micro base station, or the clock provided by the micro base station.
第一基站的基站类型可以为: 宏基站, 微基站, 微基站的特点是发射功 率低、 覆盖范围小, 微基站具体又可以包括城市小区 (Metro cell) , 微小区 (Micro cell) , 微微小区 (Pico cell) , 毫微微小区 (Femto cell) 。  The base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
第一基站的身份可以为: 直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例 如 header) , 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例如非 header) , 外界同歩源可以为: GNSS 提供的时钟同歩; 有线网提供的时钟同歩; 宏基 站提供的时钟同歩; 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站可以为: 通 过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  The identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be : The clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
需要说明的是, 基站的身份通常对于一簇基站而言, 一簇基站可以是在 —定的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部 署时定义的, 一簇基站中的 header可以是该簇基站中通过簇外时钟同歩源获 取时钟同歩的基站,非 header是该簇基站中通过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  It should be noted that the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area. The clustering may be defined by the operator when deployed. The header in the cluster base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义可以为: 将能够直接通过外界同歩源或间接通 过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息的基站认为是时钟同歩可靠的基站, 其中直接 通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息, 是指该基站可以直接从 GNSS、 例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统、或有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟同 歩协议) 获取时钟信息; 间接通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息是指该基站通 过其他基站获得外界同歩源的时钟信息, 例如基站 A直接通过外界同歩源获 取时钟同歩, 基站 B通过基站 A获取时钟同歩, 那么基站 B的时钟同歩就属 于间接通过外界同歩源获取到同歩信息, SP, 也可以认为是可靠的。 时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 将考虑了和其他基站的相对时钟同 歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 将没有考虑和其他基站的相对时钟 同歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。 The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be: The base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source. Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source The information indicates that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations. For example, the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock peer of the base station B belongs to Indirect access to peer information through the outside world, SP, can also be considered reliable. Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 同歩的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠 的, 未同歩 (或失歩) 的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 没有直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的, 例如孤立部署的基站。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
第一基站可以包括宏基站和微型基站, 第二基站优选为微型基站, 但也 可以包括宏基站。 第一基站和第二基站可以从属于相同的运营商, 也可以从 属于不同的运营商。  The first base station may comprise a macro base station and a pico base station, and the second base station is preferably a micro base station, but may also comprise a macro base station. The first base station and the second base station may belong to the same operator or may belong to different operators.
可选地, 在一种方式中, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Optionally, in a manner, the sending module 22 may be specifically configured to:
通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Transmitting the clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
可选地, 在另一种方式中, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Optionally, in another manner, the sending module 22 is specifically configured to:
通过回程链路 backhaul的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态;或者, 将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使所述集中控制 器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站; 或者,  Transmitting the clock peer state of the first base station by means of a backhaul link backhaul; or reporting the clock peer state of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller will perform the first Sending a clock peer state of the base station to the second base station; or
将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述宏基站将所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。  The clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
其中, 回程链路 backhaul可以为 S1/X2接口。  The backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
当所述发送模块 22 发送第一基站的时钟同歩状态表明该第一基站的时 钟同歩可靠和 \或该第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级时, 第二基站可以 将该第一基站作为候选同歩源基站或直接将第一基站确定为同歩源基站。  When the sending module 22 sends the clock peer state of the first base station indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, the second base station may A base station acts as a candidate peer base station or directly determines the first base station as a peer source base station.
本实施例的时钟同歩装置, 通过确定模块确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 并 通过发送模块向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 使得待同歩的 第二基站能够在进行同歩之前先确认第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 只有在确定 第一基站的时钟同歩可靠和 \或第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级之后 才将该第一基站确定为同歩源基站, 从而能够避免由于第一基站的时钟信息 不准确而导致第二基站的同歩不准确的问题, 保证第二基站根据正确的时钟 信息进行同歩, 能够提高整个系统的时钟同歩的精度。 进一歩地, 上述实施例中的发送模块 22 可以按照以下六种方式进行配 置。 The clock peer device of the embodiment determines the clock state of the clock by the determining module, and sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using the sending module, so that the second base station to be peered can Confirming the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and determining the first base station only after determining that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority. The same as the source base station, thereby avoiding the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station, and ensuring that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, thereby improving the clock of the entire system. The accuracy of 歩. Further, the transmitting module 22 in the above embodiment may be configured in the following six manners.
在第一种可选的实现方式中,通过小区标识 cell ID来指示时钟同歩状态。 因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  In the first optional implementation, the clock peer status is indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  And sending, by the second base station, the cell identifier of the first base station, so that the second base station determines, according to the cell identifier of the first base station, and the first preset rule, the clock state of the first base station.
在第二种可选的实现方式中,可以通过主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS来指示所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a second optional implementation, the clock peer state of the first base station may be indicated by a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列?88和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS;  Determine the main homologous sequence according to its own clock peer state and the sixth preset rule? 88 and / or auxiliary 歩 sequence SSS;
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩序列 SSS, 以 使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一 基站的时钟同歩状态。  Transmitting, to the second base station, the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronizing sequence SSS, so that the second base station determines, according to the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS The clock peer state of the first base station.
在第三种可选的实现方式中, 可以引入一个或多个序列, 用于指示所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 该序列可以通过空口信令的方式发送。  In a third optional implementation, one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station. The sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序列;  Determining at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule;
通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所述序列和 所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
其中, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之 间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS 或所述 SSS 发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔; 因此, 进一歩具体的, 所述发 送模块 22具体可以用于: 向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅 同歩序列 SSS, 以及至少一个所述序列。  Wherein the transmission time position of the sequence has a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency position The transmission module 22 is specifically configured to: send the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS to the second base station, and At least one of said sequences.
上述的第三种可选的实现方式中, 第二基站可以在预设的发送位置和 \或 预设的频率位置检测, 判断所述序列是否存在, 或者判断接收到的序列为什 么序列来判断第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In the foregoing third optional implementation manner, the second base station may detect at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine a sequence of the received sequence to determine the sequence. The clock state of a base station.
可选地, 除了用该引入的序列指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 还可以用 所述序列的格式 (pattern) 来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 例如引入一个 具有多种格式的第一序列, 当该第一序列在第一频率位置发送时, 指示第一 基站的时钟同歩可靠, 当该第一序列在第二频率位置发送时, 指示第一基站 的时钟同歩不可靠; 或者, 例如采用该第一序列在不同的时间位置或频率位 置发送时, 指示第一基站的的不同的时钟同歩类型。 具体实现时, 所述第一 序列可以为 NLRS序列。 Optionally, in addition to indicating the clock peer state of the first base station by using the introduced sequence, The pattern of the sequence indicates the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, introducing a first sequence having multiple formats, when the first sequence is transmitted at the first frequency position, indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and when the first sequence is sent at the second frequency position, indicating The clock of a base station is unreliable; or, for example, when the first sequence is transmitted at different time positions or frequency positions, indicating different clock synchronizing types of the first base station. In a specific implementation, the first sequence may be an NLRS sequence.
因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的格式; 根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所 述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule; transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
在第四种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过 PBCH的预设比特指示时钟同歩 状态, 例如可以通过 1 比特信息指示时钟同歩可靠或不可靠, 通过 X比特信 息用位图 (bitmap) 的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 或者通过 y 比特信息用二进 制的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 其中, X, y为整数。  In the fourth optional implementation manner, the clock peer state may be indicated by a preset bit of the PBCH, for example, the 1-bit information may indicate that the clock peer is reliable or unreliable, and the bit map is used for the X-bit information. The form indicates the clock peer type, or the clock peer type is indicated in binary form by the y-bit information, where X, y are integers.
因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特中; 向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  Carrying its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; transmitting the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station is pre-prescribed according to the physical broadcast channel PBCH And setting a bit and a fourth preset rule to determine a clock peer state of the first base station.
在第五种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过预定义的同歩等级指示时钟同歩 状态。例如, 可以将系统中可以支持的最大的同歩等级或者预留的同歩等级, 用来指示时钟同歩是否可靠; 或者可以将系统中可以支持的不同同歩等级对 应不同的时钟同歩类型。 进一歩地, 同歩等级又可以通过不同的小区标识、 不同的序列格式、 PBCH中预设的比特来表示。  In a fifth alternative implementation, the clock peer status can be indicated by a predefined peer level. For example, the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different. . Further, the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基站的同歩等 级;  Determining the peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule;
在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等级, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。 在第六种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过 UE辅助的方式获知第一基站的 时钟状态信息。 And transmitting, by the physical layer channel, the peer level of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the clock of the first base station according to the peer level and the fifth preset rule. Peer status. In a sixth optional implementation manner, the clock state information of the first base station may be obtained by using a UE-assisted manner.
因此, 所述发送模块 22具体可以用于:  Therefore, the sending module 22 can be specifically used to:
通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE 通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Sending, by the physical layer channel, the clock peer state of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using an uplink transport channel.
具体实现时, 可以选择一个能够同时接收到第一基站和第二基站信号的 UE作为辅助 UE, 第一基站可以通过物理层信道将第一基站的时钟状态信息 通知给辅助 UE, 该辅助 UE可以利用上行传输信道, 将第一基站的时钟状态 信息通知给第二基站, 其中第一基站的时钟状态信息在上行传输信道中占用 的时间资源、 频率资源、 序列资源可以是事先定义好的。 因此, 接收模块 11 可以在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测能量是否超过设置阈值, 来判断第 一基站的时钟同歩状态, 例如时钟同歩是否可靠, 也可以通过在固定的时间 资源和频率资源上检测不同的序列, 来区分第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 第一 基站通知辅助 UE 时钟状态信息占用的物理层信道的具体格式, 也可以是事 先定义好的, 或者通过 UE盲检测获得。  In a specific implementation, a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can The clock state information of the first base station is used to notify the second base station by using the uplink transmission channel. The time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the receiving module 11 can detect whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource to determine the clock peer state of the first base station, for example, whether the clock peer is reliable, or can pass the fixed time resource and frequency. Different sequences are detected on the resource to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station. The specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by UE blind detection.
其中, 第五种和第六种实现方式中, 所述物理层信道包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼 信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH , 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  In the fifth and sixth implementation manners, the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, and a physical downlink control channel PDCCH. The enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
当然, 由于每个基站都可以既作为待同歩的第二基站, 也可以作为为 其他基站提供同歩信息的第一基站, 因此, 上述各个装置实施例中的用于 更新同歩信息的时钟同歩装置和用于提供同歩信息的时钟同歩装置可以 同时设置在一个基站上。  Certainly, each of the base stations can serve as the second base station to be the same as the first base station to provide the peer information to the other base stations. Therefore, the clock for updating the peer information in each of the foregoing device embodiments. The peer device and the clock peer device for providing the peer information can be simultaneously set on one base station.
图 4为本发明基站实施例一的结构示意图, 本实施例的基站可以作为第 二基站, 即需要更新同歩信息的基站。 如图 4所示, 本实施例的基站 400可 以包括: 接收器 401和发送器 402, 图中还示出了处理器 403、 存储器 404和 总线 405, 该接收器 401、发送器 402、 处理器 403、存储器 404通过总线 405 连接并完成相互间的通信。  4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention. The base station in this embodiment can be used as a second base station, that is, a base station that needs to update peer information. As shown in FIG. 4, the base station 400 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 401 and a transmitter 402, and further shows a processor 403, a memory 404, and a bus 405, the receiver 401, the transmitter 402, and the processor. 403. The memory 404 is connected through the bus 405 and completes communication with each other.
该总线 405可以是工业标准体系结构 (Industry Standard Architecture, ISA) 总线、 外部设备互连 (Peripheral Component, PCI) 总线或扩展工业标 准体系结构 (Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA)总线等。 该总线The bus 405 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an extended industrial standard. Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus, etc. The bus
405可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 4中仅用 一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。 The 405 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 4, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器 404用于存储可执行程序代码,该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。 存储器 404 可能包含高速 RAM 存储器, 也可能还包括非易失性存储器 (non- volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  Memory 404 is for storing executable program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. Memory 404 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
处理器 403可以是一个中央处理器(Central Processing Unit, CPU) , 或 者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) , 或者是 被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  The processor 403 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
其中, 接收器 401, 用于接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 处理器 403, 用于根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站; 所述处理器 403还用于根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩; 其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。  The receiver 401 is configured to receive a clock peer state of the at least one first base station, where the processor 403 is configured to determine, according to the clock peer state of the first base station, the same source base station; And performing the same according to the clock information of the same source base station; wherein, the clock peer state includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type, and the clock peer type of the first base station includes the first At least one of a clock source of the base station, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station.
上述时钟同歩状态包括的时钟同歩来源例如可以为: 时钟同歩来自全球 导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System, 简称: GNSS )、例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统, 或者有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟 同歩协议) , 或者是由与微型基站具有覆盖重叠区域的宏基站提供的时钟同 歩, 或者是由微型基站提供的时钟同歩。  The clock peers included in the clock peer state may be, for example, a clock peer from a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as a GPS, a Beidou satellite navigation system, or a wired network (such as the IEEE1588 clock).歩 protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol), or the clock provided by the macro base station with the overlapping area of the micro base station, or the clock provided by the micro base station.
第一基站的基站类型可以为: 宏基站, 微基站, 微基站的特点是发射功 率低、 覆盖范围小, 微基站具体又可以包括城市小区 (Metro cell) , 微小区 (Micro cell) , 微微小区 (Pico cell) , 毫微微小区 (Femto cell) 。  The base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
第一基站的身份可以为: 直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例 如 header) , 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例如非 header) , 外界同歩源可以为: GNSS 提供的时钟同歩; 有线网提供的时钟同歩; 宏基 站提供的时钟同歩; 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站可以为: 通 过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  The identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be : The clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
需要说明的是, 基站的身份通常对于一簇基站而言, 一簇基站可以是在 一定的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部 署时定义的, 一簇基站中的 header可以是该簇基站中通过簇外时钟同歩源获 取时钟同歩的基站,非 header是该簇基站中通过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。 It should be noted that the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and a cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed within a certain geographical area, and the clusters may be divided by the operator department. As defined by the department, a header in a cluster of base stations may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires a clock with the same source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义可以为: 将能够直接通过外界同歩源或间接通 过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息的基站认为是时钟同歩可靠的基站, 其中直接 通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息, 是指该基站可以直接从 GNSS、 例如 GPS, 北斗卫星导航系统、或有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟同 歩协议) 获取时钟信息; 间接通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息是指该基站通 过其他基站获得外界同歩源的时钟信息, 例如基站 A直接通过外界同歩源获 取时钟同歩, 基站 B通过基站 A获取时钟同歩, 那么基站 B的时钟同歩就属 于间接通过外界同歩源获取到同歩信息, SP, 也可以认为是可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be: The base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source. Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtain the clock through the external source The information indicates that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations. For example, the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock peer of the base station B belongs to Indirect access to peer information through the outside world, SP, can also be considered reliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 将考虑了和其他基站的相对时钟同 歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 将没有考虑和其他基站的相对时钟 同歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 同歩的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠 的, 未同歩 (或失歩) 的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 没有直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的, 例如孤立部署的基站。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
可选地, 在一种方式中, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Optionally, in a manner, the receiver 401 is specifically configured to:
通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Receiving a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling.
可选地, 在另一种方式中, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Optionally, in another manner, the receiver 401 is specifically configured to:
通过回程链路 backhaul的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态;或者, 通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的; 或者,  Receiving a clock peer state of the first base station by means of a backhaul link backhaul; or receiving a clock peer state of the first base station by using a centralized controller, where a clock peer state of the first base station is The first base station reports to the centralized controller; or
通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。  Receiving, by the macro base station, a clock peer state of the first base station, where a clock peer state of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
其中, 回程链路 backhaul可以为 S1/X2接口。  The backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
具体地, 当所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态表明该第一基站的时钟同歩可 靠和 \或时钟同歩类型具有高优先级时, 本实施例的时钟同歩装置可以将该第 一基站作为候选同歩源基站或直接将第一基站确定为同歩源基站。 由于接收器 401可能接收多个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 并且可能存在 多个时钟同歩可靠的第一基站, 这些时钟同歩可靠的第一基站均可作为候选 同歩源基站, 处理器 403可以根据预设规则从中选择一个第一基站作为同歩 源基站。 Specifically, when the clock peer state of the first base station indicates that the clock of the first base station is the same as the clock and the clock peer type has a high priority, the clock peer device of the embodiment may use the first The base station acts as a candidate peer base station or directly determines the first base station as the same source base station. Since the receiver 401 may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations, and there may be multiple first base stations with the same clock, the first base station with the same clock can be used as the candidate peer base station, and the processing is performed. The 403 may select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule.
由于接收器 401可能接收多个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 并且可能存在 多个时钟同歩状态相同的第一基站,例如存在多个时钟同歩可靠的第一基站, 这些时钟同歩可靠的第一基站均可作为候选同歩源基站, 处理器 403可以根 据预设规则从中选择一个第一基站作为同歩源基站, 例如可以根据同歩等级 进行选择, 选择同歩等级最小的第一基站作为同歩源基站; 或者, 可以根据 时钟同歩类型的优先级进行选择, 能够提供高同歩精度、 较小同歩误差、 便 于异运营商之间同歩的第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级, 时钟同歩类 型的优先级可以体现为: 时钟源为 GNSS的优先级大于时钟源为有线网或无 线同歩的优先级、 时钟源为 GNSS或者有线网的第一基站的优先级大于时钟 源为无线同歩的第一基站, 时钟源为无线同歩的第一基站, 是指第一基站通 过接收其他基站发送的同歩信号实现同歩; 宏基站的优先级大于微型基站的 优先级、 与第二基站属于相同运营商的第一基站的优先级大于与第二基站不 属于相同运营商的第一基站 (在部分场景下也可以设为与第二基站属于相同 运营商的第一基站的优先级小于与第二基站不属于相同运营商的第一基站); 或者, 如果确定第一基站为同歩源基站之后, 对其他已经同歩的基站产生的 影响最小, 那么这样的第一基站可以认为具有高优先级的时钟同歩类型, 可 以将第一基站作为同歩源基站, 所述的影响最小, 可以是指对于已经同歩的 基站, 需要重新调整时钟同歩的基站个数最少; 或者, 作为 header的第一基 站的时钟同歩类型优先级大于作为非 header的第一基站的时钟同歩类型优先 级,作为 header和\或作为非 header的第一基站可以用第一基站的时钟同歩源 来标示, 或者直接用第一基站是 header或非 header来标示。  Since the receiver 401 may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations, and there may be multiple first base stations having the same clock state, for example, there are multiple first clocks with reliable clocks, these clocks are reliable. The first base station can be used as a candidate peer base station. The processor 403 can select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule. For example, the first base station can be selected according to the peer level, and the first peer with the lowest rank is selected. The base station serves as the same source base station; or, according to the priority of the clock peer type, it can provide high homology precision, small homology error, and facilitate the same clock of the first base station between different operators. The type has a high priority, and the priority of the clock peer type can be expressed as follows: The clock source is GNSS with a priority greater than the clock source being the priority of the wired network or the wireless peer, and the clock source is the GNSS or the first base station of the wired network. The first base station whose priority is greater than the wireless source with the clock source is the same as the first base station of the wireless peer, and the first base station is the first base station. Receiving a peer signal transmitted by another base station to achieve the same; the priority of the macro base station is greater than the priority of the micro base station, and the priority of the first base station belonging to the same carrier as the second base station is greater than that of the second base station not belonging to the same operator. The first base station (in some scenarios, the first base station that belongs to the same carrier as the second base station may have a lower priority than the first base station that does not belong to the same carrier as the second base station); or, if the first base station is determined After the same as the other base station, the first base station can be regarded as a high-priority clock peer type, and the first base station can be regarded as the same source base station. The minimum impact may be that the number of base stations that need to re-adjust the clock peer is the smallest for the base stations that have already been the same; or the clock peer type of the first base station as the header has a higher priority than the first base station that is the non-header. The clock peer type priority, the first base station as the header and / or as a non-header can use the clock of the first base station Source to indicate, or directly with the first base station is a header or non-header.
对于多个候选同歩源基站的情况, 第二基站也可以根据其他的规则进行 选择, 本发明实施例对此不做限定。  For the case of multiple candidate peer base stations, the second base station may also be selected according to other rules, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 不同时钟同歩类型对应的优先级, 可以通过标准协议规 范定义, 也可以由网络侧配置实现, 例如通过 OAM配置实现, 也可以通过 宏基站配置实现, 也可以是基站侧实现的行为, 在此不做限定, 使第一基站 和\或第二基站可以互知。 It should be noted that the priority corresponding to different types of clocks can be defined by standard protocol specifications or by network side configuration, for example, by OAM configuration, by macro base station configuration, or by base station side. The behavior of the first base station is not limited here. And / or the second base station can know each other.
本实施例的基站, 通过接收器接收第一基站的时钟同歩状态后, 处理器 根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 再基于同歩源基站进行 同歩, 即能够实现在进行同歩之前先确认第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 只有在 确定第一基站的时钟同歩可靠和 \或时钟同歩的类型具有高优先级之后才将 该第一基站确定为同歩源基站, 从而能够避免由于第一基站的时钟信息不准 确而导致第二基站的同歩不准确的问题, 保证第二基站根据正确的时钟信息 进行同歩, 能够提高整个系统的时钟同歩的精度。  After receiving the clock peer state of the first base station by the receiver, the processor determines, according to the clock peer state of the first base station, the same source base station, and then performs the same based on the same source base station, that is, It is possible to confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and determine the first base station only after determining that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the type of the clock peer has a high priority. The same as the source base station, thereby avoiding the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station, and ensuring that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, thereby improving the clock of the entire system. The accuracy of 歩.
进一歩地, 所述接收器 401可以按照以下六种方式进行配置。  Further, the receiver 401 can be configured in the following six manners.
在第一种可选的实现方式中,通过小区标识 cell ID来指示时钟同歩状态。 因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  In the first optional implementation, the clock peer status is indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识;  Receiving a cell identifier of at least one first base station;
根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and a first preset rule.
在第二种可选的实现方式中,可以通过主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 In the second alternative implementation, the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence may be used.
SSS来指示所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The SSS indicates the clock peer state of the first base station.
因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS;  Receiving a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS sent by the first base station;
根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一基站的小区 标识。  According to the main colleague sequence? The 88 and/or the secondary sequence SSS determines the cell identity of the first base station.
在第三种可选的实现方式中, 可以引入一个或多个序列, 用于指示所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 该序列可以通过空口信令的方式发送。  In a third optional implementation, one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station. The sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
接收所述第一基站的发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Receiving a sequence of transmissions by the first base station, and determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
具体实现时, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  In a specific implementation, the receiver 401 may be specifically configured to:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS, 以及至少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS 发送时间位置之间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所 述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。 可选地, 除了用该引入的序列指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 还可以用 所述序列的格式来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The second base station receives the primary synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and / or a secondary sequence SSS, and at least one sequence, the transmission time position of the sequence having a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and / or the transmission of the sequence There is a preset frequency interval between the frequency location and the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency location. Optionally, in addition to indicating the clock peer state of the first base station by using the introduced sequence, the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station.
因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  Determining a clock state of the first base station according to a format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
在第四种可选的实现方式中,可以通过 PBCH的预设 bit指示时钟同歩状 态, 例如可以通过 lbit信息指示时钟同歩可靠或不可靠, 也可以通过 X比特 信息用位图 (bitmap) 的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 或者通过 y 比特信息用二 进制的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 其中, X, y为整数。  In the fourth optional implementation manner, the clock peer state may be indicated by the preset bit of the PBCH. For example, the lbit information may indicate that the clock peer is reliable or unreliable, or may use a bit map of the X bit information. The form indicates the clock peer type, or the clock peer type is indicated in binary form by the y bit information, where X, y are integers.
因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特;  Reading a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to a preset bit in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
在第五种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过预定义的同歩等级指示时钟同歩 状态。例如, 可以将系统中可以支持的最大的同歩等级或者预留的同歩等级, 用来指示时钟同歩是否可靠; 或者可以将系统中可以支持的不同同歩等级对 应不同的时钟同歩类型。 进一歩地, 同歩等级又可以通过不同的小区标识、 不同的序列格式、 PBCH中预设的比特来表示。  In a fifth alternative implementation, the clock peer status can be indicated by a predefined peer level. For example, the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different. . Further, the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级;  Reading a peer level sent by the first base station in a physical layer channel;
根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 在第六种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过 UE辅助的方式获知第一基站的 时钟状态。  Determining a clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer level and a fifth preset rule. In a sixth optional implementation manner, the clock state of the first base station can be learned by means of UE assistance.
因此, 所述接收器 401具体可以用于:  Therefore, the receiver 401 can be specifically configured to:
通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟源同歩状态是由所述第一基站通过物理层信道发送给所述 UE的。  And receiving, by the uplink transmission channel, a clock peer state of the first base station sent by the UE, where a clock source peer state of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the UE by using a physical layer channel.
具体实现时, 可以选择一个能够同时接收到第一基站和第二基站信号的 UE作为辅助 UE, 第一基站可以通过物理层信道将第一基站的时钟状态信息 通知给辅助 UE, 该辅助 UE可以利用上行传输信道, 将第一基站的时钟状态 信息通知给第二基站, 其中第一基站的时钟状态信息在上行传输信道中占用 的时间资源、 频率资源、 序列资源可以是事先定义好的。 因此, 接收器 401 可以在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测能量是否超过设置阈值, 来判断第 一基站的时钟同歩状态, 例如时钟同歩是否可靠, 也可以通过在固定的时间 资源和频率资源上检测不同的序列, 来区分第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 第一 基站通知辅助 UE 时钟状态信息占用的物理层信道的具体格式, 也可以是事 先定义好的, 或者通过 UE盲检测获得。 In a specific implementation, a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can Using the uplink transport channel, the clock state of the first base station The information is notified to the second base station, wherein the time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the receiver 401 can detect whether the energy of the first base station is in the same state, such as whether the clock peer is reliable, or the fixed time resource and frequency, on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource. Different sequences are detected on the resource to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station. The specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by blind detection by the UE.
其中, 第五种和第六种实现方式中, 所述物理层信道可以包括以下至少 一个: 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物 理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行 共享信道 PDSCH。  In the fifth and sixth implementation manners, the physical layer channel may include at least one of the following: a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and an enhanced physics. Downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
图 5为本发明基站实施例二的结构示意图, 本实施例的基站可以作为第 一基站, 即提供同歩信息的基站。 如图 5所示, 本实施例的基站 500可以包 括: 接收器 501和发送器 502, 图中还示出了处理器 503、 存储器 504和总线 505, 该接收器 501、 发送器 502、 处理器 503、 存储器 504通过总线 505连 接并完成相互间的通信。  FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention. The base station in this embodiment may serve as a first base station, that is, a base station that provides peer information. As shown in FIG. 5, the base station 500 of this embodiment may include: a receiver 501 and a transmitter 502, and further shows a processor 503, a memory 504, and a bus 505, the receiver 501, the transmitter 502, and the processor. 503. The memory 504 is connected through the bus 505 and completes communication with each other.
该总线 505可以是工业标准体系结构 (Industry Standard Architecture, ISA) 总线、 外部设备互连 (Peripheral Component, PCI) 总线或扩展工业标 准体系结构 (Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA)总线等。 该总线 505可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 5 中仅用 一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。  The bus 505 can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (ESA) bus. The bus 505 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 5, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器 504用于存储可执行程序代码,该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。 存储器 504 可能包含高速 RAM 存储器, 也可能还包括非易失性存储器 (non- volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  Memory 504 is for storing executable program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. Memory 504 may include high speed RAM memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
处理器 503可以是一个中央处理器(Central Processing Unit, CPU) , 或 者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) , 或者是 被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  The processor 503 can be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
其中, 处理器 503, 可以用于确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站 的时钟同歩状态包括所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属 的运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种; 发送器 502, 可以用于向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所 述第一基站的时钟信息进行同歩。 The processor 503 may be configured to determine a clock peer state of the first base station, where the clock peer state of the first base station includes whether the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or a clock peer type. The clock peer type of a base station includes the clock peer source of the first base station, and the first base station slave At least one of the carrier, the base station type of the first base station, and the identity of the first base station; the transmitter 502, configured to send the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station Determining the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and performing the same according to the clock information of the first base station.
上述时钟同歩状态包括的时钟同歩来源例如可以为: 时钟同歩来自全球 导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System, 简称: GNSS )、例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统, 或者为有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时 钟同歩协议) , 或者是由与微型基站具有覆盖重叠区域的宏基站提供的时钟 同歩, 或者是由微型基站提供的时钟同歩。  The clock peers include the same clock source as: Clock peers from Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock) The peer protocol, the Ethernet clock peer protocol, or the clock provided by the macro base station having the overlapping area of the micro base station, or the clock provided by the micro base station.
第一基站的基站类型可以为: 宏基站, 微基站, 微基站的特点是发射功 率低、 覆盖范围小, 微基站具体又可以包括城市小区 (Metro cell) , 微小区 (Micro cell) , 微微小区 (Pico cell) , 毫微微小区 (Femto cell) 。  The base station type of the first base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, and a micro base station, which is characterized by low transmission power and small coverage, and the micro base station may specifically include a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), Femto cell.
第一基站的身份可以为: 直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例 如 header) , 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例如非 header) , 外界同歩源可以为: GNSS 提供的时钟同歩; 有线网提供的时钟同歩; 宏基 站提供的时钟同歩; 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站可以为: 通 过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  The identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be : The clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
需要说明的是, 基站的身份通常对于一簇基站而言, 一簇基站可以是在 一定的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部 署时定义的, 一簇基站中的 header可以是该簇基站中通过簇外时钟同歩源获 取时钟同歩的基站,非 header是该簇基站中通过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  It should be noted that the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area. The clustering may be defined by a carrier, a cluster. The header in the base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义可以为: 将能够直接通过外界同歩源或间接通 过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息的基站认为是时钟同歩可靠的基站, 其中直接 通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息, 是指该基站可以直接 GNSS、 例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统、或有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟同 歩协议) 获取时钟信息; 间接通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息是指该基站通 过其他基站获得外界同歩源的时钟信息, 例如基站 A直接通过外界同歩源获 取时钟同歩, 基站 B通过基站 A获取时钟同歩, 那么基站 B的时钟同歩就属 于间接通过外界同歩源获取到同歩信息, SP, 也可以认为是可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be: The base station that can obtain the clock information directly through the external source or indirectly through the external source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock is directly obtained through the external source. Information means that the base station can obtain clock information directly from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (such as IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol); indirectly obtains clock information through external sources It means that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations. For example, the base station A directly acquires the clock peer through the external source, and the base station B acquires the clock peer through the base station A, then the clock of the base station B belongs to the indirect. By obtaining the same information from the outside world, the SP can also be considered reliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 将考虑了和其他基站的相对时钟同 歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 将没有考虑和其他基站的相对时钟 同歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。 The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: It will take into account the relative clocks of other base stations. The clock of the base station of the 歩 relationship is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 同歩的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠 的, 未同歩 (或失歩) 的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 没有直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的, 例如孤立部署的基站。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
可选地, 在一种方式中, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Optionally, in one manner, the transmitter 502 is specifically configured to:
所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 可选地, 在另一种方式中, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  The first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by means of air interface signaling. Optionally, in another manner, the transmitter 502 is specifically configured to:
通过回程链路 backhaul的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态;或者, 将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使所述集中控制 器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站; 或者,  Transmitting the clock peer state of the first base station by means of a backhaul link backhaul; or reporting the clock peer state of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller will perform the first Sending a clock peer state of the base station to the second base station; or
将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述宏基站将所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。  The clock peer state of the first base station is reported to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
其中, 回程链路 backhaul可以为 S1/X2接口。  The backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
具体地, 当所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态表明该第一基站的时钟同歩可 靠和 \或时钟同歩类型具有高优先级时, 本实施例的基站可以将该第一基站作 为候选同歩源基站或直接将第一基站确定为同歩源基站。  Specifically, when the clock peer state of the first base station indicates that the clock of the first base station is the same as the clock and the clock peer type has a high priority, the base station in this embodiment may use the first base station as a candidate. The same source base station or directly determines the first base station as the same source base station.
本实施例的基站, 通过在确定自身的时钟同歩状态后, 向第二基站发送 自身的时钟同歩状态, 使得第二基站能够根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态 确定同歩源基站, 再基于同歩源基站进行同歩, 即能够使第二基站实现在进 行同歩之前先确认第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 从而能够避免由于第一基站的 时钟信息不准确而导致第二基站的同歩不准确的问题, 保证第二基站根据正 确的时钟信息进行同歩, 能够提高整个系统的时钟同歩的精度。  The base station in this embodiment sends its own clock peer state to the second base station after determining its own clock peer state, so that the second base station can determine the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station. And the peer base station performs the same, that is, enables the second base station to confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, thereby avoiding the second clock due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station. The problem of inaccurate peers of the base station ensures that the second base station performs the same according to the correct clock information, which can improve the accuracy of the clock synchronization of the entire system.
进一歩地, 所述发送器 502可以按照以下六种方式进行配置。  Further, the transmitter 502 can be configured in the following six manners.
在第一种可选的实现方式中,通过小区标识 cell ID来指示时钟同歩状态。 因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  In the first optional implementation, the clock peer status is indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。 And sending, by the second base station, the cell identifier of the first base station, so that the second base station determines, according to the cell identifier of the first base station, a first preset rule that the clock of the first base station is the same State.
在第二种可选的实现方式中,可以通过主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS来指示所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a second optional implementation, the clock peer state of the first base station may be indicated by a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列?88和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS ;  Determine the main homologous sequence according to its own clock peer state and the sixth preset rule? 88 and / or auxiliary 歩 sequence SSS;
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩序列 SSS , 以 使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一 基站的小区标识。  Transmitting, by the second base station, the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronizing sequence SSS, so that the second base station determines, according to the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS The cell identity of the first base station.
在第三种可选的实现方式中, 可以引入一个或多个序列, 用于指示所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 该序列可以通过空口信令的方式发送。  In a third optional implementation, one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station. The sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序列;  Determining at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule;
通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所述序列和 所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The sequence is sent by means of air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
具体实现时, 可以设置所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS 发送时间位置之间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所 述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔;  In a specific implementation, the transmission time position of the sequence may be set to have a preset time interval between the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the sequence transmission frequency position is related to the PSS or the There is a preset frequency interval between SSS transmission frequency positions;
所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  The transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个所述序列。  Transmitting the primary synchronic sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS to the second base station, and at least one of the sequences.
可选地, 除了用该引入的序列指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 还可以用 所述序列的格式来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Optionally, in addition to indicating the clock peer state of the first base station by using the introduced sequence, the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station.
因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的格式; 根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所 述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Determining a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule; transmitting the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence The clock peer state of the first base station.
在第四种可选的实现方式中,可以通过 PBCH的预设 bit指示时钟同歩状 态, 例如可以通过 1 比特信息指示时钟同歩可靠或不可靠, 通过 X比特信息 用位图形式指示时钟同歩类型, 或者通过 y比特信息用二进制的形式指示时 钟同歩类型, x和 y分别为整数。 In the fourth optional implementation manner, the clock peer state may be indicated by a preset bit of the PBCH. For example, the 1-bit information may indicate that the clock peer is reliable or unreliable, and the X-bit information indicates the clock in the form of a bitmap.歩 type, or when the y-bit information is indicated in binary form The type of the same type, x and y are integers.
因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特中; 向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  Carrying its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; transmitting the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station is pre-prescribed according to the physical broadcast channel PBCH And setting a bit and a fourth preset rule to determine a clock peer state of the first base station.
在第五种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过预定义的同歩等级指示时钟同歩 状态。例如, 可以将系统中可以支持的最大的同歩等级或者预留的同歩等级, 用来指示时钟同歩是否可靠; 或者可以将系统中可以支持的不同同歩等级对 应不同的时钟同歩类型。 进一歩地, 同歩等级又可以通过不同的小区标识、 不同的序列格式、 PBCH中预设的比特来表示。  In a fifth alternative implementation, the clock peer status can be indicated by a predefined peer level. For example, the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different. . Further, the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基站的同歩等 级;  Determining the peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule;
在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等级, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。  And transmitting, by the physical layer channel, the peer level of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the clock of the first base station according to the peer level and the fifth preset rule. Peer status.
在第六种可选的实现方式中, 可以通过 UE辅助的方式获知第一基站的 时钟状态。  In a sixth optional implementation manner, the clock state of the first base station can be learned by means of UE assistance.
因此, 所述发送器 502具体可以用于:  Therefore, the transmitter 502 can be specifically configured to:
通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE 通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Sending, by the physical layer channel, the clock peer state of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using an uplink transport channel.
具体实现时, 可以选择一个能够同时接收到第一基站和第二基站信号的 UE作为辅助 UE, 第一基站可以通过物理层信道将第一基站的时钟状态信息 通知给辅助 UE, 该辅助 UE可以利用上行传输信道, 将第一基站的时钟状态 信息通知给第二基站, 其中第一基站的时钟状态信息在上行传输信道中占用 的时间资源、 频率资源、 序列资源可以是事先定义好的。 因此, 第二基站可 以在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测能量是否超过设置阈值, 来判断第一 基站的时钟同歩是否可靠, 也可以通过在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测 不同的序列, 来区分第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 第一基站通知辅助 UE时钟 状态信息占用的物理层信道的具体格式, 也可以是事先定义好的, 或者通过In a specific implementation, a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can The clock state information of the first base station is used to notify the second base station by using the uplink transmission channel. The time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the second base station can detect whether the energy of the first base station is reliable by detecting whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource, and can also detect different sequences on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource. , to distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station. The first base station notifies the secondary UE clock The specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the status information may also be defined in advance or passed.
UE盲检测获得。 UE blind detection is obtained.
其中, 第五种和第六种实现方式中, 所述物理层信道可以包括以下至少 一种: 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB 的信道、 寻呼信道、 物 理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行 共享信道 PDSCH。  In the fifth and sixth implementation manners, the physical layer channel may include at least one of the following: a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and an enhanced type. Physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
图 6为本发明时钟同歩方法实施例一的交互流程图, 本实施例中的第一 基站为提供时钟同歩信息的基站, 第二基站为待同歩的基站。 如图 6所示, 本实施例的时钟同歩方法可以如下所述。  FIG. 6 is an interaction flowchart of Embodiment 1 of the clock synchronization method of the present invention. In this embodiment, the first base station is a base station that provides clock peer information, and the second base station is a base station to be peered. As shown in FIG. 6, the clock synchronization method of this embodiment can be as follows.
歩骤 601、 第一基站确定自身的时钟同歩状态。  Step 601: The first base station determines its own clock peer state.
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型可以包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从 属的运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。  The clock peer relationship includes whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type. The clock peer type of the first base station may include a clock peer source of the first base station, and a carrier of the first base station slave. At least one of a base station type of the first base station and an identity of the first base station.
上述时钟同歩状态包括的时钟同歩来源例如可以为: 时钟同歩来自全球 导航卫星系统 GNSS、 例如 GPS , 北斗卫星导航系统, 或者有线网 (例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟同歩协议) , 或者是由与微型基站具有 覆盖重叠区域的宏基站提供的时钟同歩, 或者是由微型基站提供的时钟同歩 第一基站的基站类型可以为: 宏基站, 微基站, 微基站的特点是发射功 率低、 覆盖范围小, 微基站具体又可以包括城市小区 (Metro cell) , 微小区 (Micro cell) , 微微小区 (Pico cell) , 毫微微小区 (Femto cell) 。  The clock peers include the same clock source as: Clock peers from GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or wired network (eg IEEE1588 clock peer protocol, Ethernet clock peer protocol) ), or the clock provided by the macro base station having the overlapping area of the micro base station, or the clock provided by the micro base station is the same as the base station type of the first base station: macro base station, micro base station, and micro base station The radio base station may include a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, and a femto cell.
第一基站的身份可以为: 直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例 如 header) , 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站 (例如非 header) , 外界同歩源可以为: GNSS 提供的时钟同歩; 有线网提供的时钟同歩; 宏基 站提供的时钟同歩; 非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站可以为: 通 过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  The identity of the first base station may be: a base station (for example, a header) that directly implements a clock with the same source through the external source, and a base station (for example, a non-header) that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, and the external source may be : The clock provided by the GNSS is the same; the clock provided by the wired network is the same; the clock provided by the macro base station is the same; the base station that does not directly communicate with the same source through the external source can be: The base station that obtains the same clock by the header.
需要说明的是, 基站的身份通常对于一簇基站而言, 一簇基站可以是在 一定的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部 署时定义的, 一簇基站中的 header可以是该簇基站中通过簇外时钟同歩源获 取时钟同歩的基站,非 header是该簇基站中通过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  It should be noted that the identity of the base station is generally for a cluster of base stations, and the cluster of base stations may be multiple base stations densely deployed in a certain geographical area. The clustering may be defined by a carrier, a cluster. The header in the base station may be a base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock with the external source through the out-of-cluster clock, and the non-header is the base station in the cluster base station that acquires the same clock through the header.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义可以为: 将能够直接通过外界同歩源或间接通 过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息的基站认为是时钟同歩可靠的基站, 其中直接 通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息, 是指该基站可以直接从 GNSS、 例如 GPS, 北斗卫星导航系统、或有线网(例如 IEEE1588时钟同歩协议、 以太网时钟同 歩协议) 获取时钟信息; 间接通过外界同歩源获取到时钟信息是指该基站通 过其他基站获得外界同歩源的时钟信息, 例如基站 A直接通过外界同歩源获 取时钟同歩, 基站 B通过基站 A获取时钟同歩, 那么基站 B的时钟同歩就属 于间接通过外界同歩源获取到同歩信息, SP, 也可以认为是可靠的。 Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can be: It will be able to connect directly to the source or the source through the outside world. The base station that obtains the clock information through the external source and the source is considered to be a reliable base station, and the clock information is directly obtained through the external source, which means that the base station can directly from the GNSS, such as GPS, Beidou satellite navigation system, or The wired network (for example, the IEEE1588 clock peer protocol and the Ethernet clock peer protocol) acquires clock information; the indirect acquisition of the clock information by the external source means that the base station obtains the clock information of the external source through other base stations, for example, the base station A. The clock peer is obtained directly from the external source, and the base station B obtains the clock peer through the base station A. Then, the clock of the base station B is indirectly obtained through the external source, and the SP can also be considered as reliable. .
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 将考虑了和其他基站的相对时钟同 歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 将没有考虑和其他基站的相对时钟 同歩关系的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  Whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be defined as: The clock of the base station considering the relative clock relationship with other base stations is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not consider the relative clock relationship with other base stations will be considered. Peer is considered unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 同歩的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠 的, 未同歩 (或失歩) 的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the same base station is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that is not the same (or failed) is considered to be unreliable.
时钟同歩是否可靠的定义还可以为: 直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是可靠的, 没有直接或间接通过 GNSS、 有线网授 时的基站的时钟同歩认为是不可靠的, 例如孤立部署的基站。  The definition of whether the clock peer is reliable or not can also be: The clock of the base station directly or indirectly passed through the GNSS or the wired network is considered to be reliable, and the clock of the base station that does not directly or indirectly pass the GNSS or the wired network is considered as not Reliable, such as isolated base stations.
第一基站可以包括宏基站和微型基站, 第二基站优选为微型基站, 但也 可以包括宏基站。 第一基站和第二基站可以从属于相同的运营商, 也可以从 属于不同的运营商。  The first base station may comprise a macro base station and a pico base station, and the second base station is preferably a micro base station, but may also comprise a macro base station. The first base station and the second base station may belong to the same operator or may belong to different operators.
歩骤 602、 第一基站向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 相应的, 第二基站接收第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Step 602: The first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station. Correspondingly, the second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station.
歩骤 602中, 第二基站接收第一基站的时钟同歩状态的实现方式可以为 第二基站通过网络侦听 (network listening) 的方式, 或者可以为通过回程链 路 (backhaul) 的方式, 或可以通过用户设备 (User Equipment, 简称: UE) 辅助的方式。  In the step 602, the manner in which the second base station receives the clock peer state of the first base station may be a network listening mode of the second base station, or may be a backhaul manner, or It can be assisted by User Equipment (User Equipment, UE for short).
可选地, 在一种实现方式中, 歩骤 602可以为: 所述第一基站通过空口 信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Optionally, in an implementation manner, the step 602 may be: the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by using air interface signaling.
这种方式可以适用于第一基站和第二基站从属于不同运营商的场景, 也 适用于第一基站和第二基站从属于相同运营商的场景。  This method can be applied to scenarios in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to different operators, and also applicable to scenarios in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to the same carrier.
可选地, 在另一种实现方式中, 所述第一基站通过回程链路 backhaul的 方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使 所述集中控制器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站;或者, 所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述 宏基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。 Optionally, in another implementation manner, the first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station by using a backhaul link backhaul; or The first base station reports the clock state of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station; or The first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
通过宏基站发送时钟同歩状态时, 可以有以下两种情况:  When the macro base station sends the clock peer status, there are two cases:
第一种情况, 第一基站与第二基站之间经过一个宏基站传输。 具体地, 所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给与第一基站具有无线接 口或有线接口的宏基站,例如可以是与第一基站具有覆盖重叠区域的宏基站, 以使得所述宏基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。  In the first case, the first base station and the second base station transmit through a macro base station. Specifically, the first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to a macro base station having a radio interface or a wired interface with the first base station, and may be, for example, a macro base station having a coverage overlap area with the first base station. So that the macro base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station.
第二种情况, 第一基站与第二基站之间经过两个宏基站传输。 具体地, 所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给与第一基站具有无线接 口或有线接口的第一宏基站, 例如可以是与第一基站具有覆盖重叠区域的第 一宏基站, 以使得所述第一宏基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所 述第二宏基站, 以使得所述第二宏基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送 给所述第二基站。 在此过程中, 第一宏基站和第二宏基站之间的数据传输还 可以通过集中控制器来进行转发。  In the second case, the first base station and the second base station transmit through two macro base stations. Specifically, the first base station reports the clock peer state of the first base station to a first macro base station that has a radio interface or a wired interface with the first base station, and may be, for example, a coverage overlap area with the first base station. a macro base station, such that the first macro base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second macro base station, so that the second macro base station compares the clock of the first base station The status is sent to the second base station. In this process, data transmission between the first macro base station and the second macro base station can also be forwarded by the centralized controller.
其中, 通过回程链路发送第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 可以适用于第一基 站和第二基站从属于相同运营商的场景; 通过集中控制器发送第一基站的时 钟同歩状态, 可以适用于第一基站和第二基站从属于不同运营商的场景。  The sending a clock peer state of the first base station by using the backhaul link may be applicable to a scenario in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to the same carrier. The scenario in which the first base station and the second base station are subordinate to different operators.
其中, 回程链路 backhaul可以为 S1/X2接口。  The backhaul backhaul can be an S1/X2 interface.
歩骤 603、 第二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站。 具体地, 当所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态表明该第一基站的时钟同歩可 靠时和 \或表明该第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级时, 第二基站可以将 该第一基站作为候选同歩源基站或直接将第一基站确定为同歩源基站。  Step 603: The second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station. Specifically, when the clock peer state of the first base station indicates that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and/or indicates that the clock peer type of the first base station has a high priority, the second base station may The first base station serves as a candidate peer base station or directly determines the first base station as a peer source base station.
由于在歩骤 602中第二基站可能接收多个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 并 且可能存在多个时钟同歩可靠的第一基站, 这些时钟同歩可靠的第一基站均 可作为候选同歩源基站, 第二基站可以根据预设规则从中选择一个第一基站 作为同歩源基站, 例如可以根据同歩等级进行选择, 选择同歩等级最小的第 一基站作为同歩源基站; 或者, 可以根据时钟同歩类型的优先级进行选择, 能够提供高同歩精度、 较小同歩误差、 便于异运营商之间同歩的第一基站的 时钟同歩类型具有高优先级, 时钟同歩类型的优先级可以体现为: 时钟源为Since the second base station may receive the clock peer state of the plurality of first base stations in step 602, and there may be multiple first base stations with the same clock, the first base station with the same clock can be used as a candidate. The second base station may select a first base station as the same source base station according to a preset rule, for example, may select according to the peer level, and select the first base station with the lowest peer level as the same source base station; or It can be selected according to the priority of the clock peer type, and can provide high homology precision, small homology error, and facilitate the first base station of the peer between different operators. The clock peer type has a high priority, and the clock peer type priority can be expressed as: The clock source is
GNSS 的优先级大于时钟源为有线网或无线同歩的优先级、 时钟源为 GNSS 或者有线网的第一基站的优先级大于时钟源为无线同歩的第一基站, 时钟源 为无线同歩的第一基站, 是指第一基站通过接收其他基站发送的同歩信号实 现同歩; 宏基站的优先级大于微型基站的优先级、 与第二基站属于相同运营 商的第一基站的优先级大于与第二基站不属于相同运营商的第一基站 (在部 分场景下也可以设为与第二基站属于相同运营商的第一基站的优先级小于与 第二基站不属于相同运营商的第一基站) ; 或者, 如果确定第一基站为同歩 源基站之后, 对其他已经同歩的基站产生的影响最小, 那么可以将第一基站 作为同歩源基站, 所述的影响最小, 可以是指对于已经同歩的基站, 需要重 新调整时钟同歩的基站个数最少; 或者, 作为 header的第一基站的优先级大 于作为非 header的第一基站的优先级, 作为 header和\或作为非 header的第 一基站可以用第一基站的时钟同歩源来标示, 或者直接用第一基站是 header 或非 header来标示。 也可以根据其他的规则进行选择, 本发明实施例对此不 做限定。 The priority of the GNSS is greater than the priority of the wired network or the wireless peer, the clock source is GNSS or the first base station of the wired network has a higher priority than the first base station whose clock source is the wireless peer, and the clock source is the wireless peer. The first base station means that the first base station realizes the peer by receiving the homology signal sent by the other base station; the priority of the macro base station is greater than the priority of the micro base station, and the priority of the first base station belonging to the same carrier of the second base station a first base station that is not in the same carrier as the second base station. (In some scenarios, the first base station that belongs to the same carrier as the second base station may have a lower priority than the second base station does not belong to the same carrier. Or a base station); or, if it is determined that the first base station is the same source base station, and has the least impact on other already connected base stations, then the first base station can be used as the same source base station, the impact is minimal, and Refers to the base station that has already been peered, the number of base stations that need to re-adjust the clock peer is the least; or, the priority of the first base station as the header The priority of the first base station that is greater than the non-header, the first base station as the header and/or the non-header may be marked with the clock of the first base station, or directly indicated by the first base station as a header or a non-header. . The selection may be made according to other rules, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 不同时钟同歩类型对应的优先级, 可以由网络侧配置实 现, 也可以是基站侧实现的行为, 在此不做限定, 使第一基站和 \或第二基站 可以互知。  It should be noted that the priority corresponding to the different types of clocks can be implemented by the network side, or can be implemented by the base station side, which is not limited, so that the first base station and/or the second base station can know each other. .
歩骤 604、 第二基站根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩。  Step 604: The second base station performs the same according to the clock information of the same source base station.
本实施例, 通过第一基站确定自身的时钟同歩状态后, 向第二基站发送 该时钟同歩状态, 第二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基 站, 然后再基于同歩源基站进行同歩, 即能够实现第二基站在进行同歩之前 先确认第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 只有在确定第一基站的时钟同歩可靠和 \或 第一基站的时钟同歩类型具有高优先级之后才将该第一基站确定为同歩源基 站, 从而能够避免由于第一基站的时钟信息不准确而导致第二基站的同歩不 准确的问题, 保证第二基站根据正确的时钟信息进行同歩, 能够提高整个系 统的时钟同歩的精度。  In this embodiment, after the first base station determines its own clock peer state, it sends the clock peer state to the second base station, and the second base station determines the same source base station according to the clock peer state of the first base station, and then The peer base station is configured to perform the same, that is, the second base station can confirm the clock peer state of the first base station before performing the peer, and only determine that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock of the first base station. After the peer type has a high priority, the first base station is determined to be the same source base station, so that the problem that the second base station is inaccurate due to the inaccuracy of the clock information of the first base station can be avoided, and the second base station is guaranteed. By synchronizing with the correct clock information, the accuracy of the clock synchronization of the entire system can be improved.
进一歩地, 上述实施例一的歩骤 602中, 所述第一基站向第二基站发送 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 可以采用如下六种实现方式。  Further, in the step 602 of the first embodiment, the first base station sends the clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station, and the following six implementation manners may be adopted.
在第一种可选的实现方式中,通过小区标识(cell identity,简称: cell ID), 来指示时钟同歩状态。 In the first optional implementation, the cell identity (cell ID) is used. To indicate the clock peer status.
具体地, 上述歩骤 602可以包括:  Specifically, the foregoing step 602 can include:
第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识; 所述第二基站 根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩 状态。 即第一基站的 cell ID中携带时钟同歩是否可靠的信息。 所述小区标识 cell ID可以用物理小区标识 PCI (Physical Cell Identification) 来表示, 也可 以用演进型 UMTS陆地无线接入网络(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 小区全球识别 ECGI (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier) 来表示, 还 可以用其他方式来表示, 只要能够保证通过第一基站的小区标识可以在相同 运营商和 /或不同运营商场景下, 唯一确定第一基站即可。 。 例如, 假设所有 cell ID构成的集合为 N, 从集合 N中取出部分 cell ID构成集合 M, 显然, M 是 N的真子集。 M中包含的 cell ID用来指示第一基站的时钟同歩不可靠, 不 属于集合 M的 cell ID用来指示第一基站的时钟同歩可靠; 或者, M中包含 的 cell ID用来指示第一基站的时钟同歩可靠, 不属于集合 M的 cell ID用来 指示第一基站的时钟同歩不可靠。  The first base station sends the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station; the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the cell identifier of the first base station and the first preset rule. . That is, the cell ID of the first base station carries information that the clock peer is reliable. The cell identifier cell ID may be represented by a physical cell identifier (PCI), or an Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier). It can also be expressed in other ways, as long as it can be ensured that the first base station can be uniquely determined in the same operator and/or different operator scenarios by the cell identity of the first base station. . For example, suppose that the set of all cell IDs is N, and the part cell ID is taken from the set N to form the set M. Obviously, M is the true subset of N. The cell ID included in the M is used to indicate that the clock of the first base station is unreliable, and the cell ID that does not belong to the set M is used to indicate that the clock of the first base station is equally reliable; or the cell ID included in the M is used to indicate the The clock of a base station is reliable, and the cell ID that does not belong to the set M is used to indicate that the clock of the first base station is unreliable.
用于指示时钟同歩可靠和 \或不可靠的 cell ID可以通过预定义的方式使 第二基站获知, 或者使第一基站和第二基站获知, 例如可以通过出厂设置实 现; 或通过集中控制器例如操作管理维护 (Operations administration and maintenance , 简称: 0AM) 配置实现; 或者, 可以通过集中控制器例如移 动管理实体 (Mobility management entity, 简称: MME) 配置实现; 或者, 也可以通过其他集中控制器如 coordinator 或者 E-coordinator ( Enhanced coordinator)配置实现; 或者, 也可以通过和第一基站、 第二基站有无线或有 线接口的宏基站配置实现, 这里的宏基站可以是相同的, 也可以是不同的, 这里的 "无线接口"是指宏基站可以通过空口信令的方式, 将指示时钟同歩 可靠或不可靠的 cell ID通知给第二基站,或第一基站和第二基站,这里的 "有 线接口"可以是 S1接口, X2接口。  The cell ID for indicating that the clock is reliable and/or unreliable can be known to the second base station in a predefined manner, or the first base station and the second base station can be known, for example, by factory setting; or by a centralized controller For example, the operation management and maintenance (OAM) configuration is implemented; or it can be configured by a centralized controller such as a Mobility Management Entity (MME); or it can be implemented by other centralized controllers. The configuration may be implemented by a coordinator or an E-coordinator (Enhanced Coordinator); or may be implemented by a macro base station having a wireless or wired interface with the first base station and the second base station, where the macro base stations may be the same or different. The "wireless interface" herein means that the macro base station can notify the second base station, or the first base station and the second base station, the "wired" by using the air interface signaling manner to indicate whether the clock is reliable or unreliable. The interface "can be an S1 interface or an X2 interface.
如果第一基站和\或第二基站通过如上预定义方式获知用于指示时钟同 歩可靠的 cell ID集合, 可以利用系统可以支持的 cell ID全集 (例如, 对于 LTE系统, 如果 cell ID用 PCI来表示, 那么 cell ID全集包括 504个不同的 cPCI) , 推导出用于指示时钟同歩不可靠的 cell ID集合; 同理, 如果第一基 站或第二基站通过如上预定义方式获知用于指示时钟同歩不可靠的 cell ID集 合, 可以利用系统可以支持的 cell ID全集 (例如, 对于 LTE系统, 如果 cell ID用 PCI来表示, 那么 cell ID全集包括 504个不同的 PCI) , 推导出用于指 示时钟同歩可靠的 cell ID集合。 If the first base station and/or the second base station know the set of cell IDs for indicating the clock peer reliability by the above predefined manner, the cell ID ensemble that the system can support can be utilized (for example, for the LTE system, if the cell ID is PCI) Representing, then the cell ID corpus includes 504 different cPCIs, deriving a set of cell IDs indicating that the clock peers are unreliable; for the same reason, if the first base The station or the second base station learns the set of cell IDs for indicating that the clock peers are unreliable in the above predefined manner, and can utilize the cell ID ensemble that the system can support (for example, for the LTE system, if the cell ID is represented by PCI, then the cell The ID ensemble consists of 504 different PCIs, and the set of cell IDs used to indicate that the clocks are reliable at the same time is derived.
第一基站确定其 cell ID的方法可以有如下两种:  The method for determining the cell ID of the first base station may be as follows:
第一种可能的方式, 第一基站可以根据自身的时钟同歩状态以及获知的 指示时钟同歩状态可靠、 不可靠的 cell ID集合, 确定 cell ID;  In a first possible manner, the first base station may determine the cell ID according to its own clock peer state and the learned cell ID set indicating that the clock is in a reliable and unreliable state;
第二种可能的方式, 第一基站可以通过集中控制器、 和第一基站有无线 或有线接口的宏基站, 直接根据第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 配置实现, 对于 第二种可能的方式, 可选的, 需要集中控制器、 和第一基站有无线或有线接 口的宏基站首先获知第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 例如, 第一基站可以将第一 基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器、 和第一基站有无线或有线接口的宏 基站, 使其获知第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In a second possible manner, the first base station can be configured and implemented according to the clock peer state of the first base station by using the centralized controller and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station, for the second possible manner. Optionally, the macro base station that needs the centralized controller and the first base station has a wireless or wired interface first knows the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, the first base station may report the clock state of the first base station to the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station, so that the clock state of the first base station is known.
当第二基站接收到第一基站的 cell ID后, 可以判断该第一基站的 cell ID 是否属于指示时钟同歩可靠的的 cell ID, 若是, 则可以判断该第一基站的时 钟同歩状态为可靠; 若否, 则可以判断该第一基站的时钟同歩状态为不可靠。  After receiving the cell ID of the first base station, the second base station may determine whether the cell ID of the first base station belongs to a cell ID indicating that the clock is reliable. If yes, the clock state of the first base station may be determined as Reliable; if not, it can be determined that the clock peer state of the first base station is unreliable.
需要说明的是, 这种实现方式中第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的小区 标识, 可以通过空口信令的方式, 也可以通过 backhaul的方式, 本发明实施 例对此不做限定。  It should be noted that, in this implementation manner, the second base station receives the cell identifier of the at least one first base station, and may be in the form of air interface signaling or a backhaul manner, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
类似地, 在上述第一种可选的实现方式中, 也可以通过小区标识 cell ID 来指示时钟同歩类型。 由于时钟同歩类型可以包括时钟同歩来源、 第一基站 从属的运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种, 具体 地, 可以规定 cell ID与各种时钟同歩来源的对应关系, 或者规定 cell lD与基 站从属的运营商之间的对应关系, 或者规定 cell ID与基站类型的对应关系, 或者规定 cell ID与第一基站是 header还是非 header之间的对应关系。  Similarly, in the foregoing optional implementation manner, the clock identifier type may also be indicated by the cell identifier cell ID. The clock peer type may include at least one of a clock peer source, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station. Specifically, the cell ID may be specified to be the same as various clocks. Corresponding relationship between the source, or the correspondence between the cell lD and the subordinate operator of the base station, or the correspondence between the cell ID and the type of the base station, or the correspondence between the cell ID and whether the first base station is a header or a non-header relationship.
具体实现时, 一种方法是: 可以预留一部分 cell ID代表时钟同歩来源为 GNSS, 一部分 cell ID代表时钟同歩来源为有线网, 一部分 cell ID代表时钟 同歩来源为宏基站, 这样, 第二基站可以根据第一基站的 cell ID确定第一基 站的时钟同歩来源, 从而判断是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站; 一种方 法是: 为不同的运营商分配不同的 cell ID, 例如, 从属于第一运营商的基站 采用第一范围内的 cell ID, 这样, 第二基站可以根据第一基站的 cell ID确定 第一基站所属的运营商, 从而判断是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站; 从 属于第二运营商的基站采用第二范围内的 cell ID; 另一种方法为用不同类型 的基站分配不同的 cell ID, 这样, 第二基站可以根据第一基站的 cell ID确定 第一基站的类型, 从而判断是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站; In a specific implementation, one method is: a part of the cell ID may be reserved to represent the clock source as the GNSS, a part of the cell ID represents the clock peer source as the wired network, and a part of the cell ID represents the clock peer source as the macro base station, such that The second base station may determine the source of the clock of the first base station according to the cell ID of the first base station, so as to determine whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; one method is: assign different cell IDs to different operators. , for example, a base station belonging to the first carrier The cell ID in the first range is used, so that the second base station can determine, according to the cell ID of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station belongs, so as to determine whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; The base station of the operator adopts the cell ID in the second range; the other method is to allocate different cell IDs by using different types of base stations, so that the second base station can determine the type of the first base station according to the cell ID of the first base station, thereby Determining whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station;
另一种方法是: 为具有不同身份的第一基站分配不同的 cell ID, 例如, 对于直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站或一簇基站中的 header采用第 一范围内的 cell ID, 对于非直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基站或一簇 基站中的非 header采用第二范围内的 cell ID, 这里的一簇基站可以是在一定 的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部署时 定义的, 这里的 header可以是一簇基站中通过簇外时钟同歩源获取时钟同歩 的基站, 非 header是一簇基站中通过 header获取时钟同歩的基站。  Another method is: assigning different cell IDs to the first base stations having different identities, for example, using a cell ID in the first range for a base station or a cluster of base stations in a cluster of base stations that directly implement the same clock source through the external source. For a non-header in a base station or a cluster of base stations that do not directly communicate with the same source through the external source, the cell ID in the second range is used, where a cluster of base stations can be densely deployed in a certain geographical area. The base station, the clustering may be defined by the operator when deployed, where the header may be a base station in the cluster of base stations that acquires the same clock with the source through the cluster clock, and the non-header is a cluster of base stations that acquires the clock through the header. Peer base station.
由于小区标识可以由主同歩序歹 Ll ( Primary synchronization sequence , 简 称: PSS )和\或辅同歩序列(Secondary synchronization sequence, 简称: SSS) 构成。 现有 LTE规范中, PCI共有 504个, 其中 PCI的构成可以表示为物理 小区标识=物理小区标识组(PCI group) X每个标识组中的标识号(the number IDs in each group ) 的形式, S卩 504个物理小区标识可以分为 168个物理小区 标识组, 每个物理小区标识组中包含三个标识号。 因此, cell ID (例如, PCI) 的预留还可以通过预留 cell ID group (例如物理小区标识组)或预留 the number IDs in each grou 来实现, 等效地, 可以通过预留用于指示 PCI grou 的 SSS 或用于指示 the number IDs in each grou 的 PSS来实现。  The cell identifier may be composed of a primary synchronization sequence (L1), and a secondary synchronization sequence (SSS). In the existing LTE specifications, there are 504 PCIs, wherein the PCI configuration may be expressed as a physical cell identifier = a PCI group X (the number IDs in each group). The S-504 physical cell identifiers may be divided into 168 physical cell identifier groups, and each physical cell identifier group includes three identification numbers. Therefore, the reservation of the cell ID (for example, PCI) can also be implemented by reserving the cell ID group (for example, a physical cell identity group) or by reserving the number IDs in each grou, and equivalently, by reservation for indication The SGS of PCI grou or the PSS used to indicate the number IDs in each grou is implemented.
具体地, 第一基站发送第一基站的小区标识的过程可以如下:  Specifically, the process of the first base station transmitting the cell identifier of the first base station may be as follows:
歩骤一、 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第一预设规则确定所 述第一基站的小区标识;  Step 1: The first base station determines a cell identifier of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a first preset rule.
歩骤二、所述第一基站根据所述小区标识确定主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS。  Step 2: The first base station determines a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS according to the cell identifier.
在具体实现时, 第一基站也可以先根据上述方法确定其小区标识, 再根 据该小区标识确定主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 sss。  In a specific implementation, the first base station may first determine its cell identifier according to the foregoing method, and then determine a primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence sss according to the cell identifier.
歩骤三、所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所 述辅同歩序列 SSS。 歩骤四、 所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS 和\或辅同歩序列 SSS 确定所述第一基站的小区标识。 Step 3: The first base station sends the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS to the second base station. Step 4: The second base station determines a cell identifier of the first base station according to the primary peer sequence PSS and/or a secondary sequence SSS.
第二基站在同歩源基站搜索过程中, 可以通过读取第一基站发送的 PSS 和\或 SSS, 确定第一基站的 cell ID, 再通过预定义的 cell ID和时钟同歩状态 之间的对应关系, 确定第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 如果第二基站判断第一基 站的时钟同歩可靠和 \或时钟同歩的类型具有高优先级时, 则第二基站可以将 第一基站作为候选的同歩源基站, 或直接将第一基站作为同歩源基站。  The second base station may determine the cell ID of the first base station by reading the PSS and/or SSS sent by the first base station during the search process of the same source base station, and then pass between the predefined cell ID and the clock peer state. Corresponding relationship, determining a clock peer state of the first base station, if the second base station determines that the clock of the first base station is reliable and/or the type of the clock peer has a high priority, the second base station may use the first base station as A candidate peer base station, or directly using the first base station as a peer base station.
另外, 对于第一基站的 cell ID的发送, 除了采用空口的方式, 还可以采 用回程链路的方式。小区标识可以是高层标注的 ECGI。采用回程链路的方式 时, 第一基站与第二基站交互、 第二基站确定第一基站的时钟同歩状态的过 程具体可以如下:  In addition, for the cell ID transmission of the first base station, a manner of using a backhaul link may be adopted in addition to the air interface. The cell identity can be an ECGI marked by a higher layer. When the backhaul link is used, the process in which the first base station interacts with the second base station and the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station may be as follows:
歩骤一、所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第一预设规则确定 cell Step 1: The first base station determines the cell according to its own clock peer state and the first preset rule.
ID。 ID.
歩骤二、所述第一基站通过回程链路的方式向所述第二基站发送所述 cell ID。  Step 2: The first base station sends the cell ID to the second base station by using a backhaul link.
歩骤三、 所述第二基站根据所述 cell ID确定所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。  Step 3: The second base station determines, according to the cell ID, a clock peer state of the first base station.
其中, 采用回程链路的方式向所述第二基站发送所述 cell ID, 在具体实 现时可以通过集中控制器向所述第二基站发送所述 cell ID, 或者, 通过宏基 站向所述第二基站发送所述 cell ID。  The cell ID is sent to the second base station by using a backhaul link. In a specific implementation, the cell ID may be sent to the second base station by using a centralized controller, or may be sent to the second base station by using a macro base station. The second base station sends the cell ID.
需要说明的是, 在上述两种实现方式中, 如果第一基站和第二基站分属 于不同的运营商, 可选地, 不同运营商之间还需要通过协商或纸面协议或其 他方式, 交互或确定预留 cell ID信息, 以使得不同运营商的基站对于 cell ID 与时钟同歩状态的对应关系的理解一致。  It should be noted that, in the above two implementation manners, if the first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to negotiate through negotiation or paper protocol or other methods. Or determine the reserved cell ID information, so that the base stations of different operators have the same understanding of the correspondence between the cell ID and the clock peer state.
在第二种可选的实现方式中, 针对上述方法实施例一的歩骤 602, 可以 直接通过预留 PSS和\或 SSS来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  In the second optional implementation manner, in step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment, the clock peer state of the first base station may be directly indicated by using the reserved PSS and/or the SSS.
在上述的第一种可选的实现方式中, 也描述了通过 PSS和 SSS (构成小 区标识 cell ID) 来指示时钟同歩类型, 但在第二种可选的实现方式中, 直接 通过 PSS和\或 SSS指示时钟同歩状态, 此处不涉及小区标识。  In the first optional implementation manner described above, the clock peer type is also indicated by the PSS and the SSS (constituting the cell identifier cell ID), but in the second alternative implementation, directly through the PSS and \ or SSS indicates the state of the clock peer, where the cell identity is not involved.
在具体实现时, 可以规定只采用 PSS和 SSS中的一个来直接指示时钟同 歩类型, 也可以通过 PSS和 SSS两者一同来指示时钟同歩类型。 具体地, 第 二基站确定第一基站的时钟同歩状态的方法可以如下 (以规定仅采用 PSS指 示时钟同歩类型为例进行描述) : In the specific implementation, it can be specified that only one of the PSS and the SSS is used to directly indicate the same clock. The 歩 type can also indicate the clock peer type by both PSS and SSS. Specifically, the method for the second base station to determine the clock peer state of the first base station may be as follows (specified by using only the PSS indication clock peer type as an example):
歩骤一、 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定所 述第一基站的主同歩序列 PSS。  Step 1: The first base station determines a primary peer sequence PSS of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a sixth preset rule.
歩骤二、所述第一基站向第二基站发送所述第一基站的主同歩序列 PSS。 需要说明的是,在实际发送过程中通常第一基站将 PSS与 SSS—起发送。 歩骤三、 所述第二基站根据所述第一基站的主同歩序列 PSS确定所述第 一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Step 2: The first base station sends a primary peer sequence PSS of the first base station to a second base station. It should be noted that, in the actual transmission process, the first base station usually sends the PSS and the SSS together. Step 3: The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to a primary peer sequence PSS of the first base station.
当规定采用 SSS指示时钟同歩类型时,或者规定采用 PSS和 SSS两者一 同指示时钟同歩类型时,方法类似,仅需要将上述三个歩骤中的 PSS改为 SSS , 或改为 PSS和 SSS即可, 因此不再赘述。  When the SSS is used to indicate the clock type, or the PSS and SSS are both used to indicate the clock type, the method is similar. You only need to change the PSS in the above three steps to SSS, or change to PSS and SSS is OK, so I won't go into details.
上述只采用 PSS和 SSS中的一个,或采用 PSS和 SSS同时直接指示时钟 同歩类型的方法, 同样地也可以通过空口的方式或回程链路的方式。  The above method uses only one of the PSS and the SSS, or the method of directly indicating the clock peer type by using the PSS and the SSS, and the same manner can also be adopted by the air interface or the backhaul link.
需要说明的是, 在上述的第二种可选实现方式中, 如果第一基站和第二 基站分属于不同的运营商, 可选地, 不同运营商之间还需要通过协商或纸面 协议或其他方式, 交互或确定预留 PSS或 SSS的信息, 以使得不同运营商的 基站对于 PSS或 SSS与时钟同歩状态的对应关系的理解一致。  It should be noted that, in the foregoing second optional implementation manner, if the first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to negotiate or a paper protocol or In other manners, the information of the reserved PSS or SSS is exchanged or determined, so that the base stations of different operators have the same understanding of the correspondence between the PSS or the SSS and the clock peer state.
第二基站可以根据时钟同歩类型判断能否将第一基站作为时钟源基站, 此时时钟同歩类型用 PSS和 SSS进行指示, 具体的实现方法与第一种可选的 实现方式中介绍的通过 cell ID来指示时钟同歩类型的方法类似, 此处不再赘 述。  The second base station may determine, according to the type of the clock peer, whether the first base station can be used as the clock source base station, and the clock peer type is indicated by the PSS and the SSS, and the specific implementation method and the first optional implementation manner are introduced. The method of indicating the clock type by the cell ID is similar, and will not be described here.
在第三种可选的实现方式中, 针对上述方法实施例的歩骤 602, 可以引 入一个或多个序列, 用于指示所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 该序列可以通 过空口信令的方式发送。  In a third optional implementation, in step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment, one or more sequences may be introduced to indicate a clock peer state of the first base station. The sequence can be sent by means of air interface signaling.
具体地, 上述方法实施例的歩骤 602可以包括:  Specifically, the step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment may include:
歩骤一、 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至 少一个序列;  Step 1: The first base station determines at least one sequence according to its own clock peer state and a second preset rule.
歩骤二、 所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列;  Step 2: The first base station sends the sequence by means of air interface signaling;
歩骤三、 所述第二基站根据所述序列和所述第二预设规则判断所述第一 基站的时钟同歩状态。 Step 3: The second base station determines the first according to the sequence and the second preset rule The clock state of the base station.
所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有 预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送 频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。 一方面, 第二基站可以通过该序列在确 定的时间位置和确定的频率位置是否存在, 来指示时钟同歩状态, 例如指示 时钟同歩是否可靠, 另一方面, 第二基站也可以通过在确定的时间位置和确 定的频率位置存在的不同序列来指示时钟同歩状态。  a predetermined time interval between a transmission time position of the sequence and the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or a transmission frequency position of the sequence and a position of the PSS or the SSS transmission frequency Has a preset frequency interval. In one aspect, the second base station may indicate a clock peer state by using the sequence at a determined time position and a determined frequency location, for example, indicating whether the clock peer is reliable, and on the other hand, the second base station may also determine A different sequence of time positions and determined frequency positions are present to indicate the clock peer state.
因此, 上述的歩骤二可以包括: 所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述 主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS, 以及至少一个所述序列。  Therefore, the foregoing step 2 may include: sending, by the first base station, the primary synchronizing sequence PSS and/or the auxiliary synchronizing sequence SSS, and at least one sequence to the second base station.
序列的发送格式 (pattern) 可以包括发送时间位置、 发送频率位置、 序 列形式, 发送格式可以通过预定义的方式使第一基站和第二基站直接获知, 预定义的具体实现方式可以包括以下任意一种或其组合: 第一基站和第二基 站的出厂设置、 集中控制器如 OAM 配置、 MME 配置、 coordinator 或者 Ε-coOTdinatOT配置、 或者, 和第一基站、 第二基站有无线或有线接口的宏基 站配置。  The sequence of the transmission may include a transmission time position, a transmission frequency position, and a sequence format. The transmission format may be directly learned by the first base station and the second base station in a predefined manner. The predefined specific implementation manner may include any one of the following. Or a combination thereof: a factory setting of the first base station and the second base station, a centralized controller such as an OAM configuration, an MME configuration, a coordinator or a Ε-coOTdinatOT configuration, or an Acer with a wireless or wired interface with the first base station and the second base station Station configuration.
该序列的发送频率位置可以通过与 PSS或 SSS发送频率位置之间具有确 定的频率间隔来指示, 也可以通过与 PSS或 SSS发送频率位置之间具有确定 的频率间隔和序列的发送带宽来确定, 这些参数也可以通过预定义的方式使 第一基站和第二基站获知。 序列的形式可以通过以下的至少一种方式得到, 由伪随机序列生成、或者由 Zadoff-Chu序列生成、或者由机器生成序列生成, 例如,序列的序列形式可以是不同于现有 LTE系统中应用的 3个 PSS序列之 外的第 4个 PSS序列。 具体地, 发送频率位置可以用以下方法中的任意一个 进行指示:用占用的子载波索引表示;用占用的资源块(RB, Resource Block) 索引表示。 例如, 确定的频率间隔, 可以表示为相对于 PSS或 SSS发送频率 位置的一个特定子载波索引或一个特定 RB索引,偏移的子载波个数或 RB个 数, 序列的发送带宽可以用整数个子载波或整数个 RB个数来表示。  The transmission frequency position of the sequence may be indicated by a determined frequency interval between the PSS or SSS transmission frequency positions, or may be determined by a transmission bandwidth having a determined frequency interval and sequence between the PSS or SSS transmission frequency positions. These parameters can also be made known to the first base station and the second base station in a predefined manner. The form of the sequence may be obtained by at least one of the following methods, generated by a pseudo-random sequence, or generated by a Zadoff-Chu sequence, or generated by a machine-generated sequence. For example, the sequence form of the sequence may be different from the application in the existing LTE system. The 4th PSS sequence outside the 3 PSS sequences. Specifically, the transmission frequency position may be indicated by any one of the following methods: using an occupied subcarrier index; and using an occupied resource block (RB, Resource Block) index. For example, the determined frequency interval may be expressed as a specific subcarrier index or a specific RB index relative to the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position, the number of offset subcarriers or the number of RBs, and the transmission bandwidth of the sequence may be an integer number of subcarriers. It is represented by a carrier or an integer number of RBs.
该序列的发送时间位置可以通过与 PSS或 SSS发送时间位置之间具有确 定的时间间隔来指示; 也可以通过特定的周期和在此周期内的子帧偏移量来 指示。 具体地, 该序列的发送时间位置可以用以下方法中的任意一个进行指 示: 用 OFDM索引号表示; 用子帧索引号和 OFDM索引号表示; 用无线帧 索引号、 子帧索引号和 OFDM索引号表示; 用时隙索引号和 OFDM索引号 表示; 用无线帧索引号、 时隙索引号和 OFDM索引号表示。 确定的时间间隔 可以用 N个 OFDM符号来表示,采用这种指示方法时, 如果通过时间间隔确 定的 OFDM索引号, 不在一个子帧内 OFDM索引号 (0〜13 ) 范围之内或者 不再一个时隙内 OFDM索引号, 则表示通过时间间隔确定的 OFDM符号不 在当前子帧或不在当前时隙。 The transmission time position of the sequence may be indicated by a determined time interval from the PSS or SSS transmission time position; it may also be indicated by a specific period and a subframe offset within the period. Specifically, the transmission time position of the sequence may be indicated by any one of the following methods: using an OFDM index number; using a subframe index number and an OFDM index number; using a radio frame The index number, the subframe index number, and the OFDM index number are represented by: the slot index number and the OFDM index number; and are represented by the radio frame index number, the slot index number, and the OFDM index number. The determined time interval may be represented by N OFDM symbols. When the indication method is used, if the OFDM index number determined by the time interval is not within the range of the OFDM index number (0 to 13) within one subframe or no longer The OFDM index number in the slot indicates that the OFDM symbol determined by the time interval is not in the current subframe or in the current slot.
下面以频分双工 (FDD, Frequency Division Duplex) 系统为例说明, 来 说明该实现方法的具体实施方式, 需要说明的是, 该方法也可以应用到 TDD 系统。  The following is an example of a frequency division duplex (FDD) system to illustrate the implementation of the implementation method. It should be noted that the method can also be applied to a TDD system.
图 7为 FDD系统中 PSS和 SSS的时频分布示意图, 如图 7所示, 承载 Figure 7 is a schematic diagram showing the time-frequency distribution of PSS and SSS in the FDD system, as shown in Figure 7,
PSS的主同歩信道 (Primary synchronization channel, 简称: P-SCH) 和承载 SSS的辅同歩信道 ( Secondary synchronization channel, 简称: S-SCH) 在频 域上分布在整个系统带宽的中间 6个 RB上,时间上每 5ms发一次,对于 FDD 系统, P-SCH和 S-SCH在 0号子帧和 5号子帧发送, 且分别位于子帧内的第 5个 OFDM符号和第 6个 OFDM符号。 在 LTE系统中, 一个 RB是由 12个 子载波和 7个 OFDM符号构成的时频资源块。 The primary synchronization channel (P-SCH) of the PSS and the secondary synchronization channel (S-SCH) carrying the SSS are distributed in the frequency domain over the middle 6 RBs of the entire system bandwidth. Up, every 5ms is sent in time. For the FDD system, the P-SCH and the S-SCH are transmitted in the 0th subframe and the 5th subframe, and the 5th OFDM symbol and the 6th OFDM symbol respectively located in the subframe. . In the LTE system, one RB is a time-frequency resource block composed of 12 subcarriers and 7 OFDM symbols.
基于图 7, 和 PSS发送时间位置具有确定时间间隔的位置, 可以理解为 和承载 PSS的 P-SCH所在时间位置 (即第 5个 OFDM符号) 具有确定时间 间隔的位置, 如上所述, 如果将 PSS发送的时间位置用 M来表示 (本例中, M=5 ) , 确定时间间隔用 N个 OFDM符号表示, 那么 M+N则表示序列的发 送时间位置, N可以是正整数, 也可以是负整数, 具体的如果考虑系统支持 的 OFDM符号索引的最大值为 K, 那么可以通过 " (M+N) MOD K"确定 序列的发送时间位置所在的 OFDM索引号, 用 (M+N) /K向下取整确定序 列的发送时间位置所在的 OFDM符号所在的子帧索引号与 PSS所在子帧索引 号之间的关系。具体例子如下:例如 M=5, N=3, K=14,则(M+N) MOD K=8, (M+N) /K向下取整 =0, 则表示, 序列的发送时间位置位于和 PSS所在子帧 相同的子帧内的第 #8个 OFDM符号; 又例如 M=5, N=9, K=14, 贝 lj (M+N) MOD K=0, (M+N) /K向下取整 =1, 则表示, 序列的发送时间位置位于 PSS 所在子帧的下一个子帧的第 0个 OFDM符号。  Based on FIG. 7, and the position where the PSS transmission time position has a certain time interval, it can be understood that the time position of the P-SCH carrying the PSS (ie, the 5th OFDM symbol) has a certain time interval, as described above, if The time position of the PSS transmission is represented by M (in this example, M=5), and the determined time interval is represented by N OFDM symbols, then M+N represents the transmission time position of the sequence, and N may be a positive integer or a negative Integer, specifically, if the maximum value of the OFDM symbol index supported by the system is K, then the OFDM index number where the transmission time position of the sequence is located can be determined by "(M+N) MOD K", using (M+N) /K Downwardly, the relationship between the subframe index number of the OFDM symbol in which the transmission time position of the sequence is located and the subframe index number in which the PSS is located is determined. Specific examples are as follows: for example, M=5, N=3, K=14, then (M+N) MOD K=8, (M+N) /K rounded down to 0, indicating the transmission time position of the sequence The #8th OFDM symbol located in the same subframe as the subframe in which the PSS is located; for example, M=5, N=9, K=14, Bay lj (M+N) MOD K=0, (M+N) If /K is rounded down to 1, it means that the transmission time position of the sequence is located at the 0th OFDM symbol of the next subframe of the subframe in which the PSS is located.
基于图 7,和 PSS发送频率位置具有确定频率间隔的位置,例如以 PSS发 送频率位置中的最高频率点为基准 (用 A表示) , 频率间隔用整数个子载波 来表示(用 B表示),那么序列的发送频率位置的最高频率点可以确定为 A+B 或者最低频率点确定为 A+B, 具体是指示最高频率点还是最低频率点, 可以 通过预定义的方式实现。 再通过发送带宽, 就可以确定序列的发送频率位置。 Based on Figure 7, and the PSS transmission frequency position has a position of a determined frequency interval, for example, sent by PSS The highest frequency point in the transmission frequency position is the reference (indicated by A), and the frequency interval is represented by an integer number of subcarriers (indicated by B), then the highest frequency point of the transmission frequency position of the sequence can be determined as A+B or the lowest frequency point. Determined as A+B, specifically indicating the highest frequency point or the lowest frequency point, can be achieved in a predefined way. By sending the bandwidth, the transmission frequency position of the sequence can be determined.
需要说明的是, 上述描述中, 都以 PSS发送为例, 基于 SSS发送时间位 置和发送频率位置来确定序列的发送时间位置和发送频率位置同 PSS描述。  It should be noted that, in the foregoing description, the PSS transmission is taken as an example, and the transmission time position and the transmission frequency position of the sequence are determined according to the PSS description based on the SSS transmission time position and the transmission frequency position.
另外, 现有 LTE系统中, PSS和 SSS是每个无线帧内发 2次, 为了节省 第一基站侧的系统开销, 对于通过和 PSS或 SSS之间具有确定的时间间隔和 频率间隔来确定序列的发送时间位置和频率时间位置的方法, 可以进一歩指 定序列在每个无线帧内只出现 1次。  In addition, in the existing LTE system, the PSS and the SSS are sent twice in each radio frame. To save the system overhead on the first base station side, the sequence is determined by a certain time interval and frequency interval between the pass and the PSS or the SSS. The method of transmitting the time position and the frequency time position can be entered in a specified sequence only once in each radio frame.
需要说明的是, 上述的第三种可选的实现方式中, 第二基站可以在预设 的发送位置和 \或预设的频率位置检测, 判断所述序列是否存在, 或者判断接 收到的序列为什么序列来判断第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  It should be noted that, in the foregoing third optional implementation manner, the second base station may detect at a preset sending position and/or a preset frequency position, determine whether the sequence exists, or determine the received sequence. Why is the sequence to determine the clock peer state of the first base station.
进一歩地, 除了用该引入的序列指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 还可以 用所述序列的格式 (pattern) 来指示第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 例如引入一 个具有多种格式的第一序列, 当该第一序列在第一频率位置发送时, 指示第 一基站的时钟同歩可靠, 当该第一序列在第二频率位置发送时, 指示第一基 站的时钟同歩不可靠; 或者, 例如采用该第一序列在不同的时间位置或频率 位置发送时, 指示第一基站的的不同的时钟同歩类型。 具体地, 所述方法实 施例的歩骤 602可以包括:  Further, in addition to indicating the clock peer state of the first base station by using the introduced sequence, the sequence of the sequence may be used to indicate the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, introducing a first sequence having multiple formats, when the first sequence is transmitted at the first frequency position, indicating that the clock of the first base station is reliable, and when the first sequence is sent at the second frequency position, indicating The clock of a base station is unreliable; or, for example, when the first sequence is transmitted at different time positions or frequency positions, indicating different clock synchronizing types of the first base station. Specifically, the step 602 of the method embodiment may include:
歩骤一、 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所 述序列的格式;  Step 1: The first base station determines a format of the sequence according to its own clock peer state and a third preset rule.
歩骤二、 所述第一基站根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列; 歩骤三、 所述第二基站根据所述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。  Step 2: The first base station sends the sequence to the second base station according to the format. Step 3: The second base station determines, according to the format of the sequence, a clock peer state of the first base station. .
第一基站可以根据自身的时钟同歩状态以及获知的序列格式, 所述序列 格式包括发送时间位置、 发送频率位置和序列形式中的至少 1个, 确定是否 需要在指定的发送时间位置、 发送频率位置发送序列, 或者确定用序列的不 同发送 pattern形式指示时钟同歩状态。例如,如果第一基站的时钟同歩可靠, 则第一基站可以按照预设的发送 pattern来发送序列, 相反地, 如果第一基站 的时钟同歩不可靠, 则第一基站可以不按照预设的发送 pattern来发送序列。 当然也可以用预设的发送 pattern来指示时钟同歩不可靠, 这时, 若第一基站 的时钟同歩可靠, 则第一基站可以不按照预设的发送 pattern来发送序列。 The first base station may be configured according to its own clock peer state and the learned sequence format, where the sequence format includes at least one of a transmission time position, a transmission frequency position, and a sequence form, and determines whether a specified transmission time position and a transmission frequency are required. The position is transmitted in sequence, or it is determined that the clock transmission mode is indicated by a different transmission pattern form of the sequence. For example, if the clock of the first base station is reliable, the first base station may send the sequence according to a preset transmission pattern, and conversely, if the first base station If the clock is unreliable, the first base station may not transmit the sequence according to the preset transmission pattern. Of course, the preset transmission pattern can also be used to indicate that the clock peer is unreliable. In this case, if the clock of the first base station is reliable, the first base station may not send the sequence according to the preset transmission pattern.
第二基站可以通过预定义的方式获知时钟同歩状态与序列的格式之间的 对应关系。第二基站在同歩源基站搜索过程中,通过读取第一基站发送的 PSS 和 SSS, 获取第一基站的定时位置, 以及确定第一基站的 cell ID, 再根据第 三预设规则检测序列。 第二基站通过检测序列的有无或者序列的不同发送 pattern, 来确定第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 需要说明的是, 由于第二基站通 过读取第一基站发送的 PSS和 SSS, 只能确定第一基站发送时间的帧边界, 即 10ms边界, 因此, 如果预定义指示的序列的发送周期超过 10ms, 第二基 站还需要读取第一基站发送的物理广播信道 (Physical broadcast channel, 简 称: PBCH)来确定第一基站的系统帧号(System frame number,简称: SFN), 从而确定序列的发送时间位置。  The second base station can learn the correspondence between the clock peer state and the format of the sequence in a predefined manner. The second base station acquires the timing position of the first base station by reading the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station, and determines the cell ID of the first base station, and then detects the sequence according to the third preset rule. . The second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station by detecting the presence or absence of a sequence or a different transmission pattern of the sequence. It should be noted that, because the second base station reads the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station, only the frame boundary of the first base station transmission time, that is, the 10 ms boundary, can be determined. Therefore, if the sequence of the predefined indication sequence is more than 10 ms. The second base station also needs to read a physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) sent by the first base station to determine a system frame number (SFN) of the first base station, thereby determining a sequence transmission time. position.
需要说明的是, 如果第一基站和第二基站分属于不同的运营商, 可选地, 不同运营商之间可以通过协商或纸面协议或其他方式, 确定序列发送 pattern 信息以及序列与时钟同歩状态之间的对应关系, 以使得不同运营商的基站对 于序列的发送 pattern和时钟同歩状态之间的对应关系的理解一致。  It should be noted that, if the first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators can determine the sequence sending pattern information and the sequence and the clock through negotiation or paper protocol or other means. The correspondence between the states of the , is such that the base stations of different operators agree on the understanding of the correspondence between the transmission pattern of the sequence and the state of the clock peer.
具体实现时,可以通过预定义的网络侦听参考信号 NLRS 的格式(NLRS pattern)指示时钟同歩状态。 NLRS pattern包括 NLRS的发送时间位置、发送 频率位置、 发送序列形式。 其中对 NLRS的发送时间位置、 发送频率位置、 发送序列形式可以采用本实现方式中介绍的方法。 例如, 在第 M个无线帧中 的第 N个子帧发送的 NLRS表示时钟同歩可靠, 在第 M个无线帧中的第 K 个子帧发送的 NLRS表示时钟同歩不可靠, 其中 M、 N、 K为不小于 0的整 数, Ν和 Κ可以相等, 也可以不等。 如果 Ν和 Κ相等, 那么还可以通过在第 Ν (或 Κ) 个子帧中 NLRS发送的频率位置来确认时钟同歩是否可靠。  In a specific implementation, the clock peer status may be indicated by a predefined network listening reference signal NLRS format (NLRS pattern). The NLRS pattern includes the transmission time position of the NLRS, the transmission frequency position, and the transmission sequence form. The method described in this implementation manner may be adopted for the transmission time position, the transmission frequency position, and the transmission sequence form of the NLRS. For example, the NLRS transmitted in the Nth subframe of the Mth radio frame indicates that the clock is reliable, and the NLRS transmitted in the Kth subframe in the Mth radio frame indicates that the clock is unreliable, wherein M, N, K is an integer not less than 0, and Ν and Κ may be equal or unequal. If Ν and Κ are equal, it is also possible to confirm whether the clock peer is reliable by the frequency position of the NLRS transmission in the first (or Κ) subframe.
第一基站可以根据自身的同歩状态, 根据第三预设规则确定需要发送的 NLRS pattern, 或者, 也可以通过集中控制器(如 OAM、 MME) 、 和第一基 站有无线或有线接口的宏基站, 直接根据第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 根据第 三预设规则配置实现, 采用通过配置实现的方式时, 需要集中控制器、 和第 一基站有无线或有线接口的宏基站首先获知第一基站的时钟同歩状态。例如, 第一基站可以将第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器、 和第一基站有 无线或有线接口的宏基站首先获知第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The first base station may determine the NLRS pattern to be transmitted according to the third preset rule according to its own peer state, or may also pass through a centralized controller (such as OAM, MME), and the first base station has a wireless or wired interface. The station directly implements the configuration according to the third preset rule according to the clock state of the first base station. When the configuration is implemented, the centralized controller and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station first learn the first The clock state of a base station. E.g, The first base station may report the clock peer state of the first base station to the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station first knows the clock peer state of the first base station.
第二基站可以通过预定义的方式, 获知 NLRS pattern与时钟同歩状态之 间的对应关系。 第二基站在同歩源基站搜索过程中, 通过读取第一基站发送 的 PSS和 SSS, 确定第一基站发送信号的定时信息和频率信息, 然后, 根据 预定义的 NLRS pattern, 确定可能存在的 NLRS pattern发送位置, 并通过盲 检测的方式, 检测用于指示时钟同歩状态的 NLRS pattern是否存在。 如果预 留的用于指示时钟是否同歩的 NLRS pattern的发送周期超过 10ms,那么第二 基站还需要读取第一基站的 PBCH来确定第一基站的系统帧号 SFN, 从而确 定预留 NLRS pattern的发送时间位置。然后第二基站根据所述序列的格式以 及第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  The second base station can learn the correspondence between the NLRS pattern and the clock peer state in a predefined manner. The second base station determines the timing information and the frequency information of the signal sent by the first base station by reading the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station in the search process of the same source base station, and then determining the possible existence according to the predefined NLRS pattern. The NLRS pattern transmits the location, and by blind detection, detects whether the NLRS pattern indicating the clock peer state exists. If the reserved NLRS pattern for indicating whether the clock is the same is more than 10 ms, the second base station needs to read the PBCH of the first base station to determine the system frame number SFN of the first base station, thereby determining the reserved NLRS pattern. The sending time location. Then, the second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station according to the format of the sequence and the third preset rule.
此外, 在上述的第三种可选的实现方式中, 也可以通过序列或者序列的格 式来指示时钟同歩类型。 由于时钟同歩类型可以包括时钟同歩来源、第一基站 从属的运营商、第一基站的基站类型、第一基站的身份中的至少一种,具体地, 可以规定所述序列, 或者所述序列的格式与各种时钟同歩来源的对应关系, 或 者规定所述序列, 或者所述序列的格式与基站从属的运营商之间的对应关系, 或者规定所述序列, 或者所述序列的格式与基站类型的对应关系。  In addition, in the third alternative implementation described above, the clock peer type may also be indicated by a sequence or a sequence format. The clock peer type may include at least one of a clock peer source, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station, and specifically, the sequence may be specified, or Corresponding relationship between the format of the sequence and the source of the various clocks, or specifying the sequence, or the correspondence between the format of the sequence and the operator of the base station, or specifying the sequence, or the format of the sequence Correspondence with the type of base station.
具体实现时, 一种方法是: 可以引入一个第一序列代表时钟同歩来源为 GNSS, 第二序列代表时钟同歩来源为有线网, 第三序列代表时钟同歩来源为 宏基站, 这样, 第二基站可以根据第一基站发送的序列确定第一基站的时钟 同歩来源, 当然也可以只引入一个序列, 而通过该序列的不同格式来区分不 同的时钟同歩来源, 从而判断是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站; 一种方 法是: 为不同的运营商分配不同的序列, 例如, 从属于第一运营商的基站采 用第四序列, 这样, 第二基站可以根据该序列确定第一基站所属的运营商, 从而判断是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站; 从属于第二运营商的基站采 用第二范围内的 cell ID; 另一种方法为用不同类型的基站分配不同的序列, 这样, 第二基站可以根据第一基站的序列确定第一基站的类型, 从而判断是 否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站。 另一种方法是: 为具有不同身份的第一 基站分配不同的 cell ID, 例如, 对于直接通过外界同歩源实现时钟同歩的基 站或一簇基站中的 header采用第一范围内的 cell ID, 对于非直接通过外界同 歩源实现时钟同歩的基站或一簇基站中的非 header采用第二范围内的 cell ID, 这里的一簇基站可以是在一定的地理区域范围内密集部署的多个基站, 簇的划分可以是通过运营商部署时定义的, 这里的 header可以是一簇基站中 通过簇外时钟同歩源获取时钟同歩的基站,非 header是一簇基站中通过 header 获取时钟同歩的基站。 In a specific implementation, one method is: a first sequence can be introduced to represent a clock source as a GNSS, a second sequence represents a clock peer source as a wired network, and a third sequence represents a clock peer source as a macro base station, such that The second base station may determine the source of the clock of the first base station according to the sequence sent by the first base station. Of course, only one sequence may be introduced, and different clock sources are distinguished by different formats of the sequence, so as to determine whether the source can be The first base station serves as the same source base station; one method is: assigning different sequences to different operators, for example, the base station belonging to the first operator adopts a fourth sequence, so that the second base station can determine the first sequence according to the sequence An operator to which the base station belongs to determine whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; the base station belonging to the second operator adopts the cell ID in the second range; another method is to allocate with different types of base stations Different sequences, such that the second base station can determine the type of the first base station according to the sequence of the first base station, thereby determining whether The first base station can be used as the same source base station. Another method is: assigning different cell IDs to the first base stations having different identities, for example, using a cell ID in the first range for a base station or a cluster of base stations in a cluster of base stations that directly implement the same clock source through the external source. For non-directly through the outside world A non-header in a base station or a cluster of base stations that implements clock synchronization uses a cell ID in a second range, where a cluster of base stations may be a plurality of base stations densely deployed within a certain geographical area, and the clusters may be divided. It is defined by the carrier deployment. The header here can be a base station in a cluster of base stations that acquires the same clock with the source through the cluster clock. The non-header is the base station in the cluster of base stations that obtains the same clock through the header.
在第四种可选的实现方式中, 针对上述方法实施例的歩骤 602, 可以通 过 PBCH承载的 bit利用位图(bitmap) 的形式或利用二进制的形式指示时钟 同歩状态状态, 例如可以通过 lbit信息指示时钟同歩状态。  In a fourth optional implementation manner, in step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment, the bit state of the clock may be indicated by using a bit carried by the PBCH or by using a binary form, for example, The lbit information indicates the clock peer status.
PBCH中包含的哪个 bit以及该 bit指示的不同内容和时钟同歩状态之间 的对应关系可以通过预定义的方式使第一基站和第二基站获知。  Which bit contained in the PBCH and the correspondence between the different contents indicated by the bit and the clock peer state can be made known to the first base station and the second base station in a predefined manner.
具体地, 上述方法实施例的歩骤 602可以包括:  Specifically, the step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment may include:
歩骤一、 第一基站将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中 预设的比特中;  Step 1: The first base station carries its own clock peer state in a preset bit in the physical broadcast channel PBCH;
歩骤二、 所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH; 歩骤三、 所述第二基站根据所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四 预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Step 2: The first base station sends the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station. Step 3: The second base station determines, according to the preset bit and the fourth preset rule in the physical broadcast channel PBCH The clock of the first base station is in the same state.
第一基站可以根据自身的时钟同歩状态, 确定 PBCH中用于指示时钟同 歩是否可靠和 \或时钟同歩类型的 bit的具体指示内容,例如 1代表可靠, 0代 表不可靠, 或者用 1代表不可靠, 0代表可靠; 或者, 可以通过 X比特信息 用位图 (bitmap) 的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 或者通过 y 比特信息用二进制 的形式指示时钟同歩类型, 其中, X, y为整数。  The first base station may determine, according to its own clock peer state, a specific indication content of the bit in the PBCH indicating whether the clock peer is reliable and/or the clock peer type, for example, 1 is reliable, 0 is unreliable, or 1 is used. The representation is unreliable, 0 means reliable; or, the X-bit information can be used to indicate the clock peer type in the form of a bitmap, or the clock type can be indicated in binary form by the y-bit information, where X, y are Integer.
第二基站可以通过预定义的方式获知, 该预设比特的指示内容和时钟同 歩状态之间的对应关系, 即第四预设规则。 第二基站在同歩源基站搜索过程 中, 通过读取第一基站发送的 PSS和 SSS, 得到第一基站的时钟同歩信息, 然后, 通过接收和解析第一基站发送的 PBCH, 获知用于指示时钟同歩状态 的 bit指示的内容, 进而判断第一基站的时钟同歩状态。第二基站执行同歩源 基站搜索过程, 可以是在第二基站刚开机时执行, 或者是第二基站重新搜索 同歩源执行。  The second base station can learn, by a predefined manner, a correspondence between the indication content of the preset bit and the clock peer state, that is, the fourth preset rule. The second base station obtains the clock peer information of the first base station by reading the PSS and the SSS sent by the first base station, and then, by receiving and parsing the PBCH sent by the first base station, Indicates the content of the bit indication of the clock peer state, and further determines the clock peer state of the first base station. The second base station performs the same source base station search process, which may be performed when the second base station is just powered on, or the second base station re-searches for the same source.
需要说明的是, 如果第一基站和第二基站分属于不同的运营商, 可选地, 不同运营商之间还需要通过协商或纸面协议或其他方式, 交互或确定 PBCH 中用于指示时钟同歩状态的比特的位置以及该 bit指示的内容与时钟同歩状 态之间的对应关系, 以使得不同运营商的基站对于 bit位置以及 bit指示内容 有统一的理解。 It should be noted that, if the first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to interact or determine PBCH through negotiation or paper protocol or other means. The position of the bit used to indicate the clock peer state and the correspondence between the content indicated by the bit and the clock peer state, so that the base stations of different operators have a unified understanding of the bit position and the bit indication content.
此外, 在上述的第四种可选的实现方式中, 也可以通过 PBCH承载的预 设比特来指示时钟同歩类型。 由于时钟同歩类型可以包括时钟同歩来源、 第 一基站从属的运营商、第一基站的基站类型、第一基站的身份中的至少一种, 具体地, 可以规定所述预设比特与各种时钟同歩来源的对应关系, 或者规定 所述预设比特与基站从属的运营商之间的对应关系, 或者规定所述预设比特 与基站类型的对应关系。  In addition, in the fourth optional implementation described above, the clock peer type may also be indicated by a preset bit carried by the PBCH. The clock peer type may include at least one of a clock peer source, an operator of the first base station, a base station type of the first base station, and an identity of the first base station. Specifically, the preset bit and each may be specified. The correspondence between the clock source and the source, or the correspondence between the preset bit and the operator of the base station, or the correspondence between the preset bit and the type of the base station.
具体实现时, 可以通过位图的形式指示不同的时钟同歩类型, 也可以通 过二进制的形式指示不同的时钟同歩类型。 例如可以通过 2bit的信息, 采用 二进制形式可以指示 4种不同的时钟同歩状态, 也可以通过 2bit的信息, 采 用位图的形式指示 2种不同的时钟同歩状态。 一种方法是: 可以采用预设比 特指示的第一种, 例如 00, 内容代表时钟同歩来源为 GNSS, 预设比特指示 的第二种内容, 例如 01, 代表时钟同歩来源为有线网, 预设比特指示的第三 种内容, 例如 11, 代表时钟同歩来源为宏基站, 这样, 第二基站可以根据该 预设比特的内容确定第一基站的时钟同歩来源, 从而判断是否能将该第一基 站作为同歩源基站; 一种方法是: 用预设比特指示基站从属的运营商的信息, 这样, 第二基站可以根据该预设比特确定第一基站所属的运营商, 从而判断 是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站; 另一种方法为用预设比特指示基站的 类型, 这样, 第二基站可以根据第一基站的预设比特确定第一基站的类型, 从而判断是否能将该第一基站作为同歩源基站。 另一种方法为用预设比特指 示基站的身份,例如 1代表 header, 0代表非 header,或者用 1代表非 header, 0代表 header, 并发送 PBCH。  In the specific implementation, different clocks can be indicated in the form of bitmaps, and different clocks can be indicated in binary form. For example, two-bit information can be used to indicate four different clocks in the binary state, or two bits of information can be used to indicate two different clocks in the form of a bitmap. One method is: the first type indicated by the preset bit, for example, 00, the content representing the clock source is GNSS, and the second content indicated by the preset bit, for example, 01, represents that the source of the clock is the wired network. The third content indicated by the preset bit, for example, 11, represents that the source of the clock is the macro base station, so that the second base station can determine the source of the clock of the first base station according to the content of the preset bit, thereby determining whether the The first base station is used as a peer base station; a method is: indicating, by using a preset bit, information of a carrier that is dependent on the base station, so that the second base station can determine, according to the preset bit, the operator to which the first base station belongs, thereby determining Whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station; another method is to indicate the type of the base station by using a preset bit, so that the second base station can determine the type of the first base station according to the preset bit of the first base station, thereby determining Whether the first base station can be used as the same source base station. Another method is to indicate the identity of the base station with a preset bit, for example, 1 for the header, 0 for the non-header, or 1 for the non-header, 0 for the header, and PBCH.
在第五种可选的实现方式中, 针对上述方法实施例的歩骤 602, 可以通过 预定义的同歩等级指示时钟同歩状态。 例如, 可以将系统中可以支持的最大的 同歩等级或者预留的同歩等级, 用来指示时钟同歩是否可靠; 或者可以将系统 中可以支持的不同同歩等级对应不同的时钟同歩类型。 进一歩地, 同歩等级又 可以通过不同的小区标识、 不同的序列格式、 PBCH中预设的比特来表示。  In a fifth optional implementation, for the step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment, the clock peer status may be indicated by a predefined peer level. For example, the maximum peer level or reserved peer level that can be supported in the system can be used to indicate whether the clock peer is reliable or the different peer classes that can be supported in the system can be different. . Further, the peer level can be represented by different cell identifiers, different sequence formats, and preset bits in the PBCH.
具体地, 上述方法实施例的歩骤 602可以包括: 歩骤一、 所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所 述第一基站的同歩等级; Specifically, the step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment may include: Step 1: The first base station determines a peer level of the first base station according to its own clock peer state and a fifth preset rule.
歩骤二、 所述第一基站在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站 的同歩等级;  Step 2: The first base station sends a peer level of the first base station to the second base station on a physical layer channel;
歩骤三、 所述第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。  Step 3: The second base station determines a clock peer state of the first base station according to the peer class and the fifth preset rule.
第一基站根据自身的同歩状态, 以及获知的同歩等级和指示时钟同歩状 态之间的对应关系 (即第五预设规则) , 选择合适的同歩等级。 或者, 也可 以通过集中控制器、 和第一基站有无线或有线接口的宏基站, 直接根据第一 基站的时钟同歩状态配置实现第一基站的同歩等级,采用这种配置的方式时, 还需要集中控制器、 和第一基站有无线或有线接口的宏基站首先获知第一基 站的时钟同歩状态。 例如, 第一基站可以将第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给 集中控制器、 和第一基站有无线或有线接口的宏基站首先获知第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。  The first base station selects an appropriate peer level according to its own peer state, and the relationship between the learned peer class and the indicated clock peer state (ie, the fifth preset rule). Alternatively, the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station, can directly implement the peer class of the first base station according to the clock peer state configuration of the first base station, and when adopting the configuration mode, It is also required that the centralized controller and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface with the first base station first know the clock peer state of the first base station. For example, the first base station may report the clock peer state of the first base station to the centralized controller, and the macro base station having the wireless or wired interface of the first base station first knows the clock peer state of the first base station.
第一基站可以将同歩等级附加在已有的物理层信道中进行发送, 物理层 信道可以是以下任意一种: PBCH , 承载系统信息块 (System Information Block,简称: SIB )的信道,寻呼信道(Paging),物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称: PDCCH),增强 PDCCH( Enhanced PDCCH), 物理下行数据信道(Physical Downlink Data Channel, 简称: PDSCH) , 或者 也可以附加在不同的 NLRS pattern中, 即不同的 NLRS pattern可以代表不同 的同歩等级。 当然也可以采用其他方式, 本发明实施例对此不做限定。  The first base station may add the peer class to the existing physical layer channel for transmission. The physical layer channel may be any one of the following: PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block (SIB), paging Paging, physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), Enhanced PDCCH (Physical Downlink Data Channel, PDSCH), or may be attached to different NLRSs. In the pattern, different NLRS patterns can represent different peer classes. Of course, other methods are also used, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
第二基站可以通过预定义的方式获知, 时钟同歩状态与同歩等级之间的 对应关系; 进一歩的, 第二基站还可以通过预定义的方式获知第一基站发送 同歩等级的方式, 如上所述的采用什么信道发送该同歩等级信息; 或者, 第 —基站可以采用信令的方式向第二基站通知其发送同歩等级的方式。  The second base station can learn the correspondence between the clock peer state and the peer class in a predefined manner. Further, the second base station can also learn the manner in which the first base station sends the peer class in a predefined manner. Which channel is used to transmit the peer level information as described above; or, the first base station can notify the second base station of the manner in which it transmits the peer class by means of signaling.
第二基站在同歩源基站搜索过程中,通过读取第一基站发送的同歩等级, 以及获知的同歩等级与时钟同歩状态之间的对应关系, 判断第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。  The second base station determines the clock peer state of the first base station by reading the peer relationship level sent by the first base station and the correspondence between the learned peer class and the clock peer state during the search process of the same source base station. .
需要说明的是, 如果第一基站和第二基站分属于不同的运营商, 可选地, 不同运营商之间还需要通过协商或纸面协议或其他方式, 确定同歩等级与时 钟是否同歩状态之间的对应关系, 以使得不同运营商的基站对于哪些同歩等 级用来指示时钟同歩可靠和 \或不可靠、 哪些同歩等级用来指示哪些时钟同歩 类型的理解一致。 It should be noted that, if the first base station and the second base station belong to different operators, optionally, different operators need to determine the peer level and time by negotiation or paper agreement or other means. Whether the clocks have the same relationship between the peers, so that the base stations of different operators are used to indicate which peers are reliable and/or unreliable, and which peers are used to indicate which clocks are of the same type. Consistent.
在具体实现时, 可以针对目前的同歩等级进行扩展, 针对不同的时钟同 歩来源设置不同的同歩等级; 针对不同的运营商设置不同的等级; 针对不同 的基站类型设置不同的同歩等级; 或针对不同身份的基站设置不同的同歩等 级。 并且可以设置为同歩等级越小, 该时钟同歩的可靠性越高。  In the specific implementation, it can be extended for the current peer level, and different peer classes are set for different clock sources; different levels are set for different operators; different peer classes are set for different base station types. ; or set different peer ratings for base stations with different identities. And the smaller the peer level can be set, the higher the reliability of the same clock.
在第六种可选的实现方式中, 针对上述方法实施例的歩骤 602, 还可以 通过 UE辅助的方式, 使第二基站获知第一基站的时钟状态。  In a sixth optional implementation manner, in step 602 of the foregoing method embodiment, the second base station may be informed of the clock state of the first base station by using a UE-assisted manner.
具体地, 上述歩骤 602可以包括:  Specifically, the foregoing step 602 can include:
歩骤一、 所述第一基站通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。  Step 1: The first base station sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel.
其中, 所述物理层信道包括: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承 载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强 型物理下行控制信道 EPDCCH , 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。  The physical layer channel includes: a peer-to-peer channel SCH, a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a channel carrying a system information block SIB, a paging channel, a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, an enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, and a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH. .
歩骤二、 所述 UE通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站 的时钟同歩状态。  Step 2: The UE sends a clock peer state of the first base station to the second base station by using an uplink transmission channel.
具体实现时, 可以选择一个能够同时接收到第一基站和第二基站信号的 UE作为辅助 UE, 第一基站可以通过物理层信道将第一基站的时钟状态信息 通知给辅助 UE, 该辅助 UE可以利用上行传输信道, 将第一基站的时钟状态 信息通知给第二基站, 其中第一基站的时钟状态信息在上行传输信道中占用 的时间资源、 频率资源、 序列资源可以是事先定义好的。 因此, 第二基站可 以在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测能量是否超过设置阈值, 来判断第一 基站的时钟同歩状态, 也可以通过在固定的时间资源和频率资源上检测不同 的序列, 来区分第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 第一基站通知辅助 UE时钟状态 信息占用的物理层信道的具体格式, 也可以是事先定义好的, 或者通过 UE 盲检测获得。  In a specific implementation, a UE that can receive the signals of the first base station and the second base station can be selected as the secondary UE, and the first base station can notify the secondary UE of the clock state information of the first base station by using a physical layer channel, where the secondary UE can The clock state information of the first base station is used to notify the second base station by using the uplink transmission channel. The time resource, the frequency resource, and the sequence resource occupied by the clock state information of the first base station in the uplink transmission channel may be defined in advance. Therefore, the second base station can detect whether the energy exceeds the set threshold on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource to determine the clock peer state of the first base station, and can also detect different sequences on the fixed time resource and the frequency resource. To distinguish the clock peer state of the first base station. The specific format of the physical layer channel occupied by the first base station to notify the secondary UE of the clock state information may also be defined in advance or obtained by UE blind detection.
需要说明的是, 本发明各个实施例或各种实现方式中所述的预定义的具 体实现方式, 可以包括以下任意一种或其组合: 第一基站和第二基站的出厂 设置、 OAM配置、 MME配置、其他集中控制器如 coordinator或者 E-coordinator 配置、 或者, 和第一基站、 第二基站有无线或有线接口的宏基站配置。 It should be noted that the foregoing specific implementation manners in the foregoing embodiments or various implementation manners of the present invention may include any one or a combination of the following: factory settings, OAM configuration, and configuration of the first base station and the second base station, MME configuration, other centralized controllers such as coordinator or E-coordinator Configuration, or, a macro base station configuration with a wireless or wired interface with the first base station and the second base station.
需要说明的是, 本发明各个实施例或各种实现方式中所述第一基站与第 二基站之间的信息传输, 例如传输 cdl ID、 序列、 同歩等级等信息或其他信 息时, 都可以采用空口的方式或回程链路的方式, 更具体地, 可以直接通过 空口或回程链路进行交互, 也可以为通过集中控制器或通过宏基站中转的方 式进行传输。  It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present invention or in various implementation manners, information transmission between the first base station and the second base station, for example, information such as cdl ID, sequence, peer class, or other information may be transmitted. In the air interface mode or the backhaul link mode, more specifically, the air port or the backhaul link may be directly used for interaction, or may be transmitted through a centralized controller or through a macro base station.
需要说明的是, 时钟同歩是否可靠的定义、不同时钟同歩类型的优先级、 以及各种用于确定时钟同歩状态的预设规则 (如第一预设规则、 第二预设规 以通过标准协议规范定义, 也可以由网络侧配置实现, 例如通过 OAM配置 实现, 也可以通过宏基站配置实现, 也可以是基站侧实现的行为例如出厂设 置, 使第一基站和 \或第二基站互知。 不同运营商之间可以通过协商或纸面协 议的方式对上述内容进行定义, 从而保证隶属于不同运营商的基站对于上述 内容的理解一致。  It should be noted that whether the clock peer is reliable, the priority of different clock peer types, and various preset rules for determining the clock peer state (such as the first preset rule, the second preset rule The first protocol and the second base station can be implemented by the network side configuration, for example, by the OAM configuration, by the macro base station configuration, or by the behavior of the base station side, such as the factory setting. Mutual knowledge. Different operators can define the above content through negotiation or paper protocol, so as to ensure that the base stations belonging to different operators have the same understanding of the above contents.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分歩骤可 以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成,前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存 储介质中, 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述方法实施例的歩骤; 而前述的存储 介质包括: ROM、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。  A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to program instructions, and the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, when executed, The foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。  Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种时钟同歩装置, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A clock synchronization device, characterized in that it includes:
接收模块, 用于接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态; A receiving module, configured to receive the clock synchronization status of at least one first base station;
确定模块, 用于根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站; 同歩模块, 用于根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩; a determining module, configured to determine a synchronization source base station according to the clock synchronization status of the first base station; a synchronization module, configured to synchronize according to the clock information of the synchronization source base station;
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。 Wherein, the clock synchronization status includes whether the clock synchronization is reliable and\or the clock synchronization type, and the clock synchronization type of the first base station includes the clock synchronization source of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station is affiliated, At least one of the base station type of the first base station and the identity of the first base station.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 2. The device according to claim 1, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling.
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的; 或者, 3. The device according to claim 1, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a backhaul link; or, receive the clock synchronization status through a centralized controller. The clock synchronization status of the first base station, which is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or,
通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is received by the macro base station, and the clock synchronization status of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
4、 根据权利要求 1〜3中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块 具体用于: 4. The device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the receiving module is specifically used for:
接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识; receiving a cell identity of at least one first base station;
根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the cell identity of the first base station and the first preset rule.
5、 根据权利要求 2所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS ; 5. The device according to claim 2, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS sent by the first base station;
根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预设规则判断确 定所述第一基站的小区标识。 According to the main synchronization sequence? 88 and/or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
6、 根据权利要求 2所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 接收所述第一基站发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断第 一基站的时钟同歩状态。 6. The device according to claim 2, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a sequence sent by the first base station, and determine the clock of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule. Synchronous status.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS 发送时间位置之间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所 述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。 7. The device according to claim 6, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive by the second base station the main synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and\or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS, and at least one sequence, there is a preset time interval between the transmission time position of the sequence and the PSS or the SSS transmission time position, and/or the transmission frequency position of the sequence is consistent with the PSS or the SSS transmission time position. There is a preset frequency interval between the SSS transmission frequency positions.
8、 根据权利要求 6或 7所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用 于: 8. The device according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the receiving module is specifically used for:
根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
9、 根据权利要求 2所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特; 9. The device according to claim 2, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: read preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the preset bits in the PBCH and the fourth preset rule.
10、 根据权利要求 2所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级; 10. The device according to claim 2, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: read the synchronization level sent by the first base station in the physical layer channel;
根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the synchronization level and a fifth preset rule.
1 1、 根据权利要求 2所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块具体用于: 通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟源同歩状态是由所述第一基站通过物理层信道发送给所述 UE的。 1 1. The device according to claim 2, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station sent by the UE through an uplink transmission channel, and the clock of the first base station The source synchronization status is sent by the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel.
12、 根据权利要求 10或 1 1所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述物理层信道 包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 12. The device according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: synchronization channel SCH, physical broadcast channel PBCH, bearer system information block
SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制 信道 EPDCCH , 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。 SIB channel, paging channel, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
13、 一种时钟同歩装置, 其特征在于, 包括: 13. A clock synchronization device, characterized by including:
确定模块, 用于确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态包括所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站 的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第 一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种; Determining module, used to determine its own clock synchronization status. The clock synchronization status of the first base station includes whether the clock synchronization of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock synchronization type. The clock synchronization status of the first base station The synchronization type includes at least one of the clock synchronization source of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station belongs, the base station type of the first base station, and the identity of the first base station;
发送模块, 用于向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第 二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第一 基站的时钟信息进行同歩。 A sending module, configured to send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the synchronization source base station based on the clock synchronization status of the first base station, and determines the synchronization source base station based on the clock synchronization status of the first base station. clock information for synchronization.
14、根据权利要求 13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 14. The device according to claim 13, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: send the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling.
15、根据权利要求 13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使所述集中控制 器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站; 或者, 15. The device according to claim 13, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: send the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a backhaul link; or, send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to The clock synchronization status is reported to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station; or,
将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述宏基站将所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。 Report the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station.
16、 根据权利要求 13〜15中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述发送 模块具体用于: 16. The device according to any one of claims 13 to 15, characterized in that the sending module is specifically used for:
向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。 Send the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station based on the cell identifier of the first base station and the first preset rule.
17、根据权利要求 14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列?88和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS ; 17. The device according to claim 14, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: determine the main synchronization sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and the sixth preset rule? 88 and\or auxiliary step sequence SSS;
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩序列 SSS , 以 使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一 基站的小区标识。 Send the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS. cell identifier of the first base station.
18、根据权利要求 14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序列; 18. The device according to claim 14, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: determine at least one sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and the second preset rule;
通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所述序列和 所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The sequence is sent through air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的装置, 其特征在于, 19. The device according to claim 18, characterized in that,
所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有 预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送 频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔; There is a preset time interval between the transmission time position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission time position, and/or there is a preset time interval between the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position. With preset frequency intervals;
所述发送模块具体用于: The sending module is specifically used for:
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个所述序列。 The primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS, and at least one of the sequences are sent to the second base station.
20、 根据权利要求 18或 19所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述发送模块具 体用于: 20. The device according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that the sending module is specifically used for:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的格式; 根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所 述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 Determine the format of the sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and a third preset rule; send the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines the sequence according to the format of the sequence Describe the clock synchronization status of the first base station.
21、根据权利要求 14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特中; 向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 21. The device according to claim 14, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: carry its own clock synchronization status in preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; send to the second base station The physical broadcast channel PBCH is used to enable the second base station to determine the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
22、根据权利要求 14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基站的同歩等 级; 22. The device according to claim 14, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: determine the synchronization level of the first base station according to its own clock synchronization status and a fifth preset rule;
在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等级, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。 Send the synchronization level of the first base station to the second base station on the physical layer channel, so that the second base station determines the clock of the first base station based on the synchronization level and the fifth preset rule Synchronous status.
23、根据权利要求 14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于: 通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE 通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 23. The device according to claim 14, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel, so that the UE passes the uplink transmission channel Send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station.
24、 根据权利要求 22或 23所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述物理层信道 包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制 信道 EPDCCH , 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。 24. The device according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: synchronization channel SCH, physical broadcast channel PBCH, channel carrying system information block SIB, paging channel, physical Downlink control channel PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
25、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 25. A base station, characterized by including:
接收器, 用于接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, a receiver configured to receive the clock synchronization status of at least one first base station,
处理器, 用于根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站; 所述处理器还用于根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩; A processor, configured to determine a synchronization source base station according to the clock synchronization status of the first base station; the processor is also configured to synchronize according to the clock information of the synchronization source base station;
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。 Wherein, the clock synchronization status includes whether the clock synchronization is reliable and\or the clock synchronization type, and the clock synchronization type of the first base station includes the clock synchronization source of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station is affiliated, At least one of the base station type of the first base station and the identity of the first base station.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 26. The base station according to claim 25, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling.
27、 根据权利要求 25所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的; 或者, 27. The base station according to claim 25, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a backhaul link; or, receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a centralized controller. The clock synchronization status of the first base station, which is reported by the first base station to the centralized controller; or,
通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is received by the macro base station, and the clock synchronization status of the first base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
28、 根据权利要求 25〜27中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收 器具体用于: 28. The base station according to any one of claims 25 to 27, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for:
接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识; receiving a cell identity of at least one first base station;
根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the cell identity of the first base station and the first preset rule.
29、 根据权利要求 26所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS ; 29. The base station according to claim 26, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS sent by the first base station;
根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预设规则确定所 述第一基站的小区标识。 According to the main synchronization sequence? 88 and/or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
30、 根据权利要求 26所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 接收所述第一基站发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预设规则判断第 —基站的时钟同歩状态。 30. The base station according to claim 26, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive the sequence sent by the first base station, and determine the clock of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule. Synchronous status.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置 之间具有预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。 31. The base station according to claim 30, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS sent by the first base station, and at least one sequence, There is a preset time interval between the transmission time position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission time position, and/or there is a preset time interval between the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position. With preset frequency intervals.
32、 根据权利要求 30或 31所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体 用于: 32. The base station according to claim 30 or 31, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for:
根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
33、 根据权利要求 26所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特; 33. The base station according to claim 26, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for: Read the preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟 同歩状态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the preset bits in the PBCH and the fourth preset rule.
34、 根据权利要求 26所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级; 34. The base station according to claim 26, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: read the synchronization level sent by the first base station in the physical layer channel;
根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The clock synchronization status of the first base station is determined according to the synchronization level and a fifth preset rule.
35、 根据权利要求 26所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用于: 通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟源同歩状态是由所述第一基站通过物理层信道发送给所述 UE的。 35. The base station according to claim 26, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive the clock synchronization status of the first base station sent by the UE through an uplink transmission channel, and the clock source of the first base station The synchronization status is sent by the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel.
36、 根据权利要求 34或 35所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述物理层信道 包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制 信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。 36. The base station according to claim 34 or 35, characterized in that the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: synchronization channel SCH, physical broadcast channel PBCH, channel carrying system information block SIB, paging channel, physical Downlink control channel PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
37、 一种时钟同歩基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 37. A clock synchronization base station, characterized by including:
处理器, 用于确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态 包括所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和 \或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站的 时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第一 基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种; A processor configured to determine its own clock synchronization status. The clock synchronization status of the first base station includes whether the clock synchronization of the first base station is reliable and/or the clock synchronization type. The clock synchronization status of the first base station The synchronization type includes at least one of the clock synchronization source of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station belongs, the base station type of the first base station, and the identity of the first base station;
发送器, 用于向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第二 基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第一基 站的时钟信息进行同歩。 A transmitter configured to send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the synchronization source base station based on the clock synchronization status of the first base station, and determines the synchronization source base station based on the clock synchronization status of the first base station. clock information for synchronization.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 38. The base station according to claim 37, wherein the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling.
39、 根据权利要求 37所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 通过回程链路的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, 将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使所述集中控制 器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站; 或者, 39. The base station according to claim 37, wherein the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a backhaul link; or, send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to The clock synchronization status is reported to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station; or,
将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述宏基站将所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。 Report the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station.
40、 根据权利要求 37〜39中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送 器具体用于: 40. The base station according to any one of claims 37 to 39, characterized in that the transmitter is specifically used for:
向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状 态。 Send the cell identifier of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station based on the cell identifier of the first base station and the first preset rule.
41、 根据权利要求 38所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同 歩序列 SSS ; 41. The base station according to claim 38, characterized in that the transmitter is specifically configured to: determine the primary synchronization sequence PSS and\or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS according to its own clock synchronization status and the sixth preset rule ;
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩序列 SSS , 以 使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS确定所述第一 基站的小区标识。 Send the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS to the second base station, so that the second base station can perform synchronization according to the primary synchronization sequence? 88 and/or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS determines the cell identity of the first base station.
42、 根据权利要求 38所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序列; 42. The base station according to claim 38, wherein the transmitter is specifically configured to: determine at least one sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and the second preset rule;
通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所述序列和 所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The sequence is sent through air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
43、 根据权利要求 42所述的基站, 其特征在于, 43. The base station according to claim 42, characterized in that,
所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有 预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送 频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔; There is a preset time interval between the transmission time position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission time position, and/or there is a preset time interval between the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position. With preset frequency intervals;
所述发送器具体用于: The transmitter is specifically used for:
向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至 少一个所述序列。 The primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS, and at least one of the sequences are sent to the second base station.
44、 根据权利要求 42或 43所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体 用于: 44. The base station according to claim 42 or 43, characterized in that the transmitter is specifically used for:
根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的格式; 根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根据所 述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 Determine the format of the sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and a third preset rule; send the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines the sequence according to the format of the sequence Describe the clock synchronization status of the first base station.
45、 根据权利要求 38所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比特中; 向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述第二基站根据 所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 45. The base station according to claim 38, wherein the transmitter is specifically configured to: carry its own clock synchronization status in preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH; and send to the second base station The physical broadcast channel PBCH, so that the second base station can The preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH and the fourth preset rule determine the clock synchronization status of the first base station.
46、 根据权利要求 38所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基站的同歩等 级; 46. The base station according to claim 38, wherein the transmitter is specifically configured to: determine the synchronization level of the first base station according to its own clock synchronization status and a fifth preset rule;
在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等级, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。 Send the synchronization level of the first base station to the second base station on the physical layer channel, so that the second base station determines the clock of the first base station based on the synchronization level and the fifth preset rule Synchronous status.
47、 根据权利要求 38所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送器具体用于: 通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE 通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 47. The base station according to claim 38, characterized in that the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel, so that the UE passes the uplink transmission channel Send the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station.
48、 根据权利要求 46或 47所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述物理层信道 包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制 信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。 48. The base station according to claim 46 or 47, characterized in that the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: synchronization channel SCH, physical broadcast channel PBCH, channel carrying system information block SIB, paging channel, physical Downlink control channel PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
49、 一种时钟同歩方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 49. A clock synchronization method, characterized by including:
第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, The second base station receives the clock synchronization status of at least one first base station,
第二基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站; The second base station determines the synchronization source base station according to the clock synchronization status of the first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述同歩源基站的时钟信息进行同歩; The second base station synchronizes according to the clock information of the synchronization source base station;
其中, 所述时钟同歩状态包括时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所 述第一基站的时钟同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的 运营商、 第一基站的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种。 Wherein, the clock synchronization status includes whether the clock synchronization is reliable and\or the clock synchronization type, and the clock synchronization type of the first base station includes the clock synchronization source of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station is affiliated, At least one of the base station type of the first base station and the identity of the first base station.
50、 根据权利要求 49所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站接收至少 一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 50. The method according to claim 49, characterized in that the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of at least one first base station, including:
所述第二基站通过空口信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling.
51、 根据权利要求 49所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站接收至少 一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 51. The method according to claim 49, characterized in that the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of at least one first base station, including:
所述第二基站通过回程链路的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, The second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a backhaul link; or,
所述第二基站通过集中控制器接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述集中控制器的;或者, 所述第二基站通过宏基站接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一 基站的时钟同歩状态是由所述第一基站上报给所述宏基站的。 The second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through the centralized controller, The clock synchronization status of the first base station is reported to the centralized controller by the first base station; or, the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a macro base station, and the first base station The clock synchronization status of the base station is reported by the first base station to the macro base station.
52、 根据权利要求 49〜51 中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二 基站接收至少一个第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 52. The method according to any one of claims 49 to 51, characterized in that the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of at least one first base station, including:
所述第二基站接收至少一个第一基站的小区标识; The second base station receives the cell identity of at least one first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station based on the cell identity of the first base station and the first preset rule.
53、 根据权利要求 50所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站接收至少 一个第一基站的小区标识, 包括: 53. The method according to claim 50, characterized in that the second base station receives the cell identity of at least one first base station, including:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 The second base station receives the main synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and\or auxiliary synchronization sequence
SSS; SSS;
所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS以及第六预 设规则确定所述第一基站的小区标识。 The second base station according to the main synchronization sequence? 88 and/or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS and the sixth preset rule determine the cell identity of the first base station.
54、 根据权利要求 50所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站通过空口 信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 54. The method according to claim 50, characterized in that the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的序列, 并根据所述序列和第二预 设规则判断第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The second base station receives the sequence sent by the first base station, and determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to the sequence and the second preset rule.
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站读取所述 第一基站的发送的序列, 包括: 55. The method according to claim 54, characterized in that the second base station reads the sequence sent by the first base station, including:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS , 以及至少一个序列, 所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS 发送时间位置之间具有预设的时间间隔, 和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所 述 PSS或所述 SSS发送频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔。 The second base station receives the main synchronization sequence sent by the first base station? 88 and/or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS, and at least one sequence, there is a preset time interval between the sending time position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS sending time position, and/or the sending of the sequence There is a preset frequency interval between the frequency position and the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position.
56、 根据权利要求 54或 55所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站根 据所述序列和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 56. The method according to claim 54 or 55, characterized in that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to the sequence and a third preset rule, including:
所述第二基站根据所述序列的格式和第三预设规则判断所述第一基站 的时钟同歩状态。 The second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to the format of the sequence and a third preset rule.
57、 根据权利要求 50所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站通过空口 信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 所述第二基站读取所述第一基站发送的物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比 特; 57. The method according to claim 50, wherein the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including: The second base station reads the preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH sent by the first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述 PBCH中预设的比特和第四预设规则判断所述第 一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station based on the preset bits in the PBCH and a fourth preset rule.
58、 根据权利要求 50所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站通过空口 信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟源同歩状态, 包括: 58. The method according to claim 50, characterized in that the second base station receives the clock source synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第二基站读取所述第一基站在物理层信道中发送的同歩等级; 所述第二基站根据所述同歩等级和第五预设规则判断所述第一基站的时 钟同歩状态。 The second base station reads the synchronization level sent by the first base station in the physical layer channel; the second base station determines the clock synchronization of the first base station based on the synchronization level and a fifth preset rule. state.
59、 根据权利要求 50所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站通过空口 信令的方式接收所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 59. The method according to claim 50, characterized in that the second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第二基站通过上行传输信道接收 UE发送的所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态的信息是由所述第一基站通过物理层 信道发送给所述 UE的。 The second base station receives the clock synchronization status of the first base station sent by the UE through an uplink transmission channel. The information about the clock synchronization status of the first base station is sent by the first base station to the first base station through a physical layer channel. Described UE.
60、 根据权利要求 50或 59所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述物理层信道 包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 60. The method according to claim 50 or 59, characterized in that the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: synchronization channel SCH, physical broadcast channel PBCH, carrying system information block
SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制 信道 EPDCCH , 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。 SIB channel, paging channel, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
61、 一种时钟同歩方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 61. A clock synchronization method, characterized by including:
第一基站确定自身的时钟同歩状态, 所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态包括 所述第一基站的时钟同歩是否可靠和\或时钟同歩类型, 所述第一基站的时钟 同歩类型包括第一基站的时钟同歩来源、 第一基站从属的运营商、 第一基站 的基站类型、 第一基站的身份中的至少一种; The first base station determines its own clock synchronization status. The clock synchronization status of the first base station includes whether the clock synchronization of the first base station is reliable and\or the clock synchronization type. The clock synchronization status of the first base station The type includes at least one of the clock synchronization source of the first base station, the operator to which the first base station belongs, the base station type of the first base station, and the identity of the first base station;
所述第一基站向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使第二 基站根据所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态确定同歩源基站, 并根据所述第一基 站的时钟信息进行同歩。 The first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the synchronization source base station according to the clock synchronization status of the first base station, and determines the synchronization source base station according to the first base station clock information for synchronization.
62、 根据权利要求 61所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站向第二基 站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 62. The method according to claim 61, characterized in that the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station, including:
所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling.
63、 根据权利要求 61所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站向第二基 站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: : 63. The method according to claim 61, characterized in that: the first base station transmits data to the second base station. The station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station, including: :
所述第一基站通过回程链路的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态; 或者, The first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through a backhaul link; or,
所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给集中控制器, 以使 所述集中控制器将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站;或者, 所述第一基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态上报给宏基站, 以使所述 宏基站将所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态发送给所述第二基站。 The first base station reports the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the centralized controller, so that the centralized controller sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station; or, The first base station reports the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station.
64、 根据权利要求 61〜63中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 基站向第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 64. The method according to any one of claims 61 to 63, characterized in that the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station, including:
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述第一基站的小区标识和第一预设规则判断所述第一基站的 时钟同歩状态。 The first base station sends the cell identity of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the cell identity of the first base station based on the cell identity of the first base station and a first preset rule. Clock synchronization status.
65、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站向所述第 二基站发送所述第一基站的小区标识, 包括: 65. The method according to claim 62, characterized in that the first base station sends the cell identity of the first base station to the second base station, including:
所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第六预设规则确定主同歩序列 The first base station determines the main synchronization sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and the sixth preset rule.
PSS和\或辅同歩序歹 SSS; PSS and\or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS;
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或所述辅同歩 序列 SSS , 以使所述第二基站根据所述主同歩序列 PSS和\或辅同歩序列 SSS 确定所述第一基站的小区标识。 The first base station sends the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS to the second base station, so that the second base station transmits the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence SSS according to the primary synchronization sequence PSS and/or the secondary synchronization sequence The step sequence SSS determines the cell identity of the first base station.
66、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站通过空口 信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 66. The method according to claim 62, wherein the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第二预设规则确定至少一个序 列; The first base station determines at least one sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and a second preset rule;
所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 以使所述第二基站根 据所述序列和所述第二预设规则判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The first base station sends the sequence through air interface signaling, so that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station based on the sequence and the second preset rule.
67、 根据权利要求 66所述的方法, 其特征在于, 67. The method according to claim 66, characterized in that,
所述序列的发送时间位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送时间位置之间具有 预设的时间间隔,和\或所述序列的发送频率位置与所述 PSS或所述 SSS发送 频率位置之间具有预设的频率间隔; There is a preset time interval between the transmission time position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission time position, and/or there is a preset time interval between the transmission frequency position of the sequence and the PSS or SSS transmission frequency position. With preset frequency intervals;
所述第一基站通过空口信令的方式发送所述序列, 包括: 所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述主同歩序列?88和\或辅同歩序列 SSS, 以及至少一个所述序列。 The first base station sends the sequence through air interface signaling, including: The first base station sends the main synchronization sequence to the second base station? 88 and/or auxiliary synchronization sequence SSS, and at least one of said sequences.
68、 根据权利要求 66或 67所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站通 过空口信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 68. The method according to claim 66 or 67, characterized in that the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第三预设规则确定所述序列的 格式; The first base station determines the format of the sequence according to its own clock synchronization status and a third preset rule;
所述第一基站根据所述格式向所述第二基站发送所述序列, 以使所述第 二基站根据所述序列的格式判断所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The first base station sends the sequence to the second base station according to the format, so that the second base station determines the clock synchronization status of the first base station according to the format of the sequence.
69、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站通过空口 信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 69. The method according to claim 62, wherein the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
第一基站将自身的时钟同歩状态携带在物理广播信道 PBCH中预设的比 特中, The first base station carries its own clock synchronization status in the preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH,
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述物理广播信道 PBCH, 以使所述 第二基站根据所述物理广播信道 PBCH中预设比特和第四预设规则判断所述 第一基站的时钟同歩状态。 The first base station sends the physical broadcast channel PBCH to the second base station, so that the second base station determines the first base station according to the preset bits in the physical broadcast channel PBCH and the fourth preset rule. Clock synchronization status.
70、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站通过空口 信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 70. The method according to claim 62, wherein the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第一基站根据自身的时钟同歩状态和第五预设规则确定所述第一基 站的同歩等级; The first base station determines the synchronization level of the first base station according to its own clock synchronization status and a fifth preset rule;
所述第一基站在物理层信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的同歩等 级, 以使所述第二基站根据所述同歩等级和所述第五预设规则判断所述第一 基站的时钟同歩状态。 The first base station sends the synchronization level of the first base station to the second base station through a physical layer channel, so that the second base station determines the synchronization level based on the synchronization level and the fifth preset rule. Clock synchronization status of the first base station.
71、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站通过空口 信令的方式发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 包括: 71. The method according to claim 62, wherein the first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station through air interface signaling, including:
所述第一基站通过物理层信道向 UE发送所述第一基站的时钟同歩状态, 以使所述 UE通过上行传输信道向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的时钟同 歩状态。 The first base station sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the UE through a physical layer channel, so that the UE sends the clock synchronization status of the first base station to the second base station through an uplink transmission channel.
72、 根据权利要求 70或 71所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述物理层信道 包括以下至少一个: 同歩信道 SCH、 物理广播信道 PBCH、 承载系统信息块 SIB的信道、 寻呼信道、 物理下行控制信道 PDCCH、 增强型物理下行控制 信道 EPDCCH, 物理下行共享信道 PDSCH。 72. The method according to claim 70 or 71, characterized in that the physical layer channel includes at least one of the following: synchronization channel SCH, physical broadcast channel PBCH, channel carrying system information block SIB, paging channel, physical Downlink control channel PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
PCT/CN2014/071816 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Method and device for clock synchronization WO2015113286A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/071816 WO2015113286A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Method and device for clock synchronization
CN201480000517.9A CN105009656A (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Method and device for clock synchronization

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/071816 WO2015113286A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Method and device for clock synchronization

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015113286A1 true WO2015113286A1 (en) 2015-08-06

Family

ID=53756178

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/071816 WO2015113286A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Method and device for clock synchronization

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105009656A (en)
WO (1) WO2015113286A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105472725A (en) * 2016-02-06 2016-04-06 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Base station synchronization method and device
WO2018226873A1 (en) * 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for access in a backhaul network

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101801121A (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for realizing synchronization among base stations
US20110007717A1 (en) * 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Francis Swarts Method and system for implementing multiple timing domains for primary and secondary synchronization detection in eutra/lte
CN102149185A (en) * 2010-02-08 2011-08-10 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for maintaining synchronous set
CN102550098A (en) * 2009-10-07 2012-07-04 住友电气工业株式会社 Base station apparatus
CN102625438A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-08-01 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and equipment for carrying out synchronization

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100938756B1 (en) * 2007-07-06 2010-01-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for performing cell search procedure in wireless communication system
CN101184277B (en) * 2007-12-07 2011-12-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Inter-base station synchronization method in time division multiple access system
CN102916925B (en) * 2007-12-19 2015-04-29 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for sending and receiving synchronization information
CN101854645A (en) * 2009-03-30 2010-10-06 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station and terminal for monitoring synchronization state of base stations
CN102300316A (en) * 2010-06-28 2011-12-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for self-adaptively regulating uplink and downlink bandwidths
CN102781042B (en) * 2012-07-31 2014-08-13 武汉邮电科学研究院 LTE (long term evolution) load balancing method based on physical cell identity

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101801121A (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for realizing synchronization among base stations
US20110007717A1 (en) * 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Francis Swarts Method and system for implementing multiple timing domains for primary and secondary synchronization detection in eutra/lte
CN102550098A (en) * 2009-10-07 2012-07-04 住友电气工业株式会社 Base station apparatus
CN102149185A (en) * 2010-02-08 2011-08-10 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for maintaining synchronous set
CN102625438A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-08-01 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and equipment for carrying out synchronization

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105472725A (en) * 2016-02-06 2016-04-06 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Base station synchronization method and device
WO2018226873A1 (en) * 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for access in a backhaul network
US10477593B2 (en) 2017-06-08 2019-11-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for access in a backhaul network
CN110710283A (en) * 2017-06-08 2020-01-17 高通股份有限公司 Techniques and apparatus for access in a backhaul network
CN110710283B (en) * 2017-06-08 2022-01-14 高通股份有限公司 Techniques and apparatus for access in a backhaul network

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105009656A (en) 2015-10-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6843463B2 (en) Methods for device-to-device communication synchronization
US9923704B2 (en) Flexible spectrum support in cellular wireless communications
JP6433919B2 (en) Method and apparatus for performing uplink / downlink transmission in flexible subframes
EP3123645B1 (en) Method and system for performing measurements based on synchronization signal properties
TWI552636B (en) Enhanced node b, ue and method for selecting cell discovery signals in lte networks
US20220369252A1 (en) Configuration of Additional Synchronization Signal
WO2015199392A1 (en) Method for performing positioning in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
US11936578B2 (en) Method and apparatus for resource configuration for positioning reference signals
JP2017513360A (en) Network listening method and device
US10122521B2 (en) Network node of a time division duplex system, and arrangement, method, and computer program therefor
WO2015003492A1 (en) Method and device for sending synchronization signal and achieving synchronization among base stations
CN111989960A (en) Techniques for network-based time synchronization for UE-side uplink and/or uplink communications
KR20210031734A (en) Method and system for determining a synchronization signal (SS) block mapping pattern in a wireless network
WO2015149603A1 (en) Method and device for resource allocating and data processing
WO2015113286A1 (en) Method and device for clock synchronization
US11432315B2 (en) User terminal and radio communication method
WO2014059801A1 (en) Method and device for signal sending and device identification
WO2014100947A1 (en) Communication processing method, device and system for uplink and downlink separation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14881274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14881274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1